* libbfd-in.h (bfd_malloc2, bfd_realloc2, bfd_zmalloc2, bfd_alloc2,
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / bfd / elf.c
1 /* ELF executable support for BFD.
2
3 Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001,
4 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5
6 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
7
8 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
9 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
10 the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
11 (at your option) any later version.
12
13 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
14 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
15 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
16 GNU General Public License for more details.
17
18 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
19 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
20 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
21
22 /* SECTION
23
24 ELF backends
25
26 BFD support for ELF formats is being worked on.
27 Currently, the best supported back ends are for sparc and i386
28 (running svr4 or Solaris 2).
29
30 Documentation of the internals of the support code still needs
31 to be written. The code is changing quickly enough that we
32 haven't bothered yet. */
33
34 /* For sparc64-cross-sparc32. */
35 #define _SYSCALL32
36 #include "bfd.h"
37 #include "sysdep.h"
38 #include "bfdlink.h"
39 #include "libbfd.h"
40 #define ARCH_SIZE 0
41 #include "elf-bfd.h"
42 #include "libiberty.h"
43
44 static int elf_sort_sections (const void *, const void *);
45 static bfd_boolean assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *);
46 static bfd_boolean prep_headers (bfd *);
47 static bfd_boolean swap_out_syms (bfd *, struct bfd_strtab_hash **, int) ;
48 static bfd_boolean elfcore_read_notes (bfd *, file_ptr, bfd_size_type) ;
49
50 /* Swap version information in and out. The version information is
51 currently size independent. If that ever changes, this code will
52 need to move into elfcode.h. */
53
54 /* Swap in a Verdef structure. */
55
56 void
57 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (bfd *abfd,
58 const Elf_External_Verdef *src,
59 Elf_Internal_Verdef *dst)
60 {
61 dst->vd_version = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_version);
62 dst->vd_flags = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_flags);
63 dst->vd_ndx = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_ndx);
64 dst->vd_cnt = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_cnt);
65 dst->vd_hash = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vd_hash);
66 dst->vd_aux = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vd_aux);
67 dst->vd_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vd_next);
68 }
69
70 /* Swap out a Verdef structure. */
71
72 void
73 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (bfd *abfd,
74 const Elf_Internal_Verdef *src,
75 Elf_External_Verdef *dst)
76 {
77 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_version, dst->vd_version);
78 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_flags, dst->vd_flags);
79 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_ndx, dst->vd_ndx);
80 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_cnt, dst->vd_cnt);
81 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vd_hash, dst->vd_hash);
82 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vd_aux, dst->vd_aux);
83 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vd_next, dst->vd_next);
84 }
85
86 /* Swap in a Verdaux structure. */
87
88 void
89 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (bfd *abfd,
90 const Elf_External_Verdaux *src,
91 Elf_Internal_Verdaux *dst)
92 {
93 dst->vda_name = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vda_name);
94 dst->vda_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vda_next);
95 }
96
97 /* Swap out a Verdaux structure. */
98
99 void
100 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (bfd *abfd,
101 const Elf_Internal_Verdaux *src,
102 Elf_External_Verdaux *dst)
103 {
104 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vda_name, dst->vda_name);
105 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vda_next, dst->vda_next);
106 }
107
108 /* Swap in a Verneed structure. */
109
110 void
111 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (bfd *abfd,
112 const Elf_External_Verneed *src,
113 Elf_Internal_Verneed *dst)
114 {
115 dst->vn_version = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vn_version);
116 dst->vn_cnt = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vn_cnt);
117 dst->vn_file = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vn_file);
118 dst->vn_aux = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vn_aux);
119 dst->vn_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vn_next);
120 }
121
122 /* Swap out a Verneed structure. */
123
124 void
125 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_out (bfd *abfd,
126 const Elf_Internal_Verneed *src,
127 Elf_External_Verneed *dst)
128 {
129 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vn_version, dst->vn_version);
130 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vn_cnt, dst->vn_cnt);
131 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vn_file, dst->vn_file);
132 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vn_aux, dst->vn_aux);
133 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vn_next, dst->vn_next);
134 }
135
136 /* Swap in a Vernaux structure. */
137
138 void
139 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (bfd *abfd,
140 const Elf_External_Vernaux *src,
141 Elf_Internal_Vernaux *dst)
142 {
143 dst->vna_hash = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vna_hash);
144 dst->vna_flags = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vna_flags);
145 dst->vna_other = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vna_other);
146 dst->vna_name = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vna_name);
147 dst->vna_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vna_next);
148 }
149
150 /* Swap out a Vernaux structure. */
151
152 void
153 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_out (bfd *abfd,
154 const Elf_Internal_Vernaux *src,
155 Elf_External_Vernaux *dst)
156 {
157 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vna_hash, dst->vna_hash);
158 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vna_flags, dst->vna_flags);
159 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vna_other, dst->vna_other);
160 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vna_name, dst->vna_name);
161 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vna_next, dst->vna_next);
162 }
163
164 /* Swap in a Versym structure. */
165
166 void
167 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_in (bfd *abfd,
168 const Elf_External_Versym *src,
169 Elf_Internal_Versym *dst)
170 {
171 dst->vs_vers = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vs_vers);
172 }
173
174 /* Swap out a Versym structure. */
175
176 void
177 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_out (bfd *abfd,
178 const Elf_Internal_Versym *src,
179 Elf_External_Versym *dst)
180 {
181 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vs_vers, dst->vs_vers);
182 }
183
184 /* Standard ELF hash function. Do not change this function; you will
185 cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */
186
187 unsigned long
188 bfd_elf_hash (const char *namearg)
189 {
190 const unsigned char *name = (const unsigned char *) namearg;
191 unsigned long h = 0;
192 unsigned long g;
193 int ch;
194
195 while ((ch = *name++) != '\0')
196 {
197 h = (h << 4) + ch;
198 if ((g = (h & 0xf0000000)) != 0)
199 {
200 h ^= g >> 24;
201 /* The ELF ABI says `h &= ~g', but this is equivalent in
202 this case and on some machines one insn instead of two. */
203 h ^= g;
204 }
205 }
206 return h & 0xffffffff;
207 }
208
209 bfd_boolean
210 bfd_elf_mkobject (bfd *abfd)
211 {
212 /* This just does initialization. */
213 /* coff_mkobject zalloc's space for tdata.coff_obj_data ... */
214 elf_tdata (abfd) = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata));
215 if (elf_tdata (abfd) == 0)
216 return FALSE;
217 /* Since everything is done at close time, do we need any
218 initialization? */
219
220 return TRUE;
221 }
222
223 bfd_boolean
224 bfd_elf_mkcorefile (bfd *abfd)
225 {
226 /* I think this can be done just like an object file. */
227 return bfd_elf_mkobject (abfd);
228 }
229
230 char *
231 bfd_elf_get_str_section (bfd *abfd, unsigned int shindex)
232 {
233 Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp;
234 bfd_byte *shstrtab = NULL;
235 file_ptr offset;
236 bfd_size_type shstrtabsize;
237
238 i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
239 if (i_shdrp == 0 || i_shdrp[shindex] == 0)
240 return NULL;
241
242 shstrtab = i_shdrp[shindex]->contents;
243 if (shstrtab == NULL)
244 {
245 /* No cached one, attempt to read, and cache what we read. */
246 offset = i_shdrp[shindex]->sh_offset;
247 shstrtabsize = i_shdrp[shindex]->sh_size;
248
249 /* Allocate and clear an extra byte at the end, to prevent crashes
250 in case the string table is not terminated. */
251 if (shstrtabsize + 1 == 0
252 || (shstrtab = bfd_alloc (abfd, shstrtabsize + 1)) == NULL
253 || bfd_seek (abfd, offset, SEEK_SET) != 0)
254 shstrtab = NULL;
255 else if (bfd_bread (shstrtab, shstrtabsize, abfd) != shstrtabsize)
256 {
257 if (bfd_get_error () != bfd_error_system_call)
258 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_truncated);
259 shstrtab = NULL;
260 }
261 else
262 shstrtab[shstrtabsize] = '\0';
263 i_shdrp[shindex]->contents = shstrtab;
264 }
265 return (char *) shstrtab;
266 }
267
268 char *
269 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd *abfd,
270 unsigned int shindex,
271 unsigned int strindex)
272 {
273 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
274
275 if (strindex == 0)
276 return "";
277
278 hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex];
279
280 if (hdr->contents == NULL
281 && bfd_elf_get_str_section (abfd, shindex) == NULL)
282 return NULL;
283
284 if (strindex >= hdr->sh_size)
285 {
286 unsigned int shstrndx = elf_elfheader(abfd)->e_shstrndx;
287 (*_bfd_error_handler)
288 (_("%B: invalid string offset %u >= %lu for section `%s'"),
289 abfd, strindex, (unsigned long) hdr->sh_size,
290 (shindex == shstrndx && strindex == hdr->sh_name
291 ? ".shstrtab"
292 : bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, shstrndx, hdr->sh_name)));
293 return "";
294 }
295
296 return ((char *) hdr->contents) + strindex;
297 }
298
299 /* Read and convert symbols to internal format.
300 SYMCOUNT specifies the number of symbols to read, starting from
301 symbol SYMOFFSET. If any of INTSYM_BUF, EXTSYM_BUF or EXTSHNDX_BUF
302 are non-NULL, they are used to store the internal symbols, external
303 symbols, and symbol section index extensions, respectively. */
304
305 Elf_Internal_Sym *
306 bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd *ibfd,
307 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr,
308 size_t symcount,
309 size_t symoffset,
310 Elf_Internal_Sym *intsym_buf,
311 void *extsym_buf,
312 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx *extshndx_buf)
313 {
314 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shndx_hdr;
315 void *alloc_ext;
316 const bfd_byte *esym;
317 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx *alloc_extshndx;
318 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx *shndx;
319 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
320 Elf_Internal_Sym *isymend;
321 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
322 size_t extsym_size;
323 bfd_size_type amt;
324 file_ptr pos;
325
326 if (symcount == 0)
327 return intsym_buf;
328
329 /* Normal syms might have section extension entries. */
330 shndx_hdr = NULL;
331 if (symtab_hdr == &elf_tdata (ibfd)->symtab_hdr)
332 shndx_hdr = &elf_tdata (ibfd)->symtab_shndx_hdr;
333
334 /* Read the symbols. */
335 alloc_ext = NULL;
336 alloc_extshndx = NULL;
337 bed = get_elf_backend_data (ibfd);
338 extsym_size = bed->s->sizeof_sym;
339 amt = symcount * extsym_size;
340 pos = symtab_hdr->sh_offset + symoffset * extsym_size;
341 if (extsym_buf == NULL)
342 {
343 alloc_ext = bfd_malloc2 (symcount, extsym_size);
344 extsym_buf = alloc_ext;
345 }
346 if (extsym_buf == NULL
347 || bfd_seek (ibfd, pos, SEEK_SET) != 0
348 || bfd_bread (extsym_buf, amt, ibfd) != amt)
349 {
350 intsym_buf = NULL;
351 goto out;
352 }
353
354 if (shndx_hdr == NULL || shndx_hdr->sh_size == 0)
355 extshndx_buf = NULL;
356 else
357 {
358 amt = symcount * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
359 pos = shndx_hdr->sh_offset + symoffset * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
360 if (extshndx_buf == NULL)
361 {
362 alloc_extshndx = bfd_malloc2 (symcount,
363 sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx));
364 extshndx_buf = alloc_extshndx;
365 }
366 if (extshndx_buf == NULL
367 || bfd_seek (ibfd, pos, SEEK_SET) != 0
368 || bfd_bread (extshndx_buf, amt, ibfd) != amt)
369 {
370 intsym_buf = NULL;
371 goto out;
372 }
373 }
374
375 if (intsym_buf == NULL)
376 {
377 intsym_buf = bfd_malloc2 (symcount, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym));
378 if (intsym_buf == NULL)
379 goto out;
380 }
381
382 /* Convert the symbols to internal form. */
383 isymend = intsym_buf + symcount;
384 for (esym = extsym_buf, isym = intsym_buf, shndx = extshndx_buf;
385 isym < isymend;
386 esym += extsym_size, isym++, shndx = shndx != NULL ? shndx + 1 : NULL)
387 (*bed->s->swap_symbol_in) (ibfd, esym, shndx, isym);
388
389 out:
390 if (alloc_ext != NULL)
391 free (alloc_ext);
392 if (alloc_extshndx != NULL)
393 free (alloc_extshndx);
394
395 return intsym_buf;
396 }
397
398 /* Look up a symbol name. */
399 const char *
400 bfd_elf_sym_name (bfd *abfd,
401 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr,
402 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym,
403 asection *sym_sec)
404 {
405 const char *name;
406 unsigned int iname = isym->st_name;
407 unsigned int shindex = symtab_hdr->sh_link;
408
409 if (iname == 0 && ELF_ST_TYPE (isym->st_info) == STT_SECTION
410 /* Check for a bogus st_shndx to avoid crashing. */
411 && isym->st_shndx < elf_numsections (abfd)
412 && !(isym->st_shndx >= SHN_LORESERVE && isym->st_shndx <= SHN_HIRESERVE))
413 {
414 iname = elf_elfsections (abfd)[isym->st_shndx]->sh_name;
415 shindex = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shstrndx;
416 }
417
418 name = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, shindex, iname);
419 if (name == NULL)
420 name = "(null)";
421 else if (sym_sec && *name == '\0')
422 name = bfd_section_name (abfd, sym_sec);
423
424 return name;
425 }
426
427 /* Elf_Internal_Shdr->contents is an array of these for SHT_GROUP
428 sections. The first element is the flags, the rest are section
429 pointers. */
430
431 typedef union elf_internal_group {
432 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr;
433 unsigned int flags;
434 } Elf_Internal_Group;
435
436 /* Return the name of the group signature symbol. Why isn't the
437 signature just a string? */
438
439 static const char *
440 group_signature (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Shdr *ghdr)
441 {
442 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
443 unsigned char esym[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym)];
444 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx;
445 Elf_Internal_Sym isym;
446
447 /* First we need to ensure the symbol table is available. Make sure
448 that it is a symbol table section. */
449 hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd) [ghdr->sh_link];
450 if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_SYMTAB
451 || ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, ghdr->sh_link))
452 return NULL;
453
454 /* Go read the symbol. */
455 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
456 if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd, hdr, 1, ghdr->sh_info,
457 &isym, esym, &eshndx) == NULL)
458 return NULL;
459
460 return bfd_elf_sym_name (abfd, hdr, &isym, NULL);
461 }
462
463 /* Set next_in_group list pointer, and group name for NEWSECT. */
464
465 static bfd_boolean
466 setup_group (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr, asection *newsect)
467 {
468 unsigned int num_group = elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group;
469
470 /* If num_group is zero, read in all SHT_GROUP sections. The count
471 is set to -1 if there are no SHT_GROUP sections. */
472 if (num_group == 0)
473 {
474 unsigned int i, shnum;
475
476 /* First count the number of groups. If we have a SHT_GROUP
477 section with just a flag word (ie. sh_size is 4), ignore it. */
478 shnum = elf_numsections (abfd);
479 num_group = 0;
480 for (i = 0; i < shnum; i++)
481 {
482 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
483 if (shdr->sh_type == SHT_GROUP && shdr->sh_size >= 8)
484 num_group += 1;
485 }
486
487 if (num_group == 0)
488 {
489 num_group = (unsigned) -1;
490 elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group = num_group;
491 }
492 else
493 {
494 /* We keep a list of elf section headers for group sections,
495 so we can find them quickly. */
496 bfd_size_type amt;
497
498 elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group = num_group;
499 elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr
500 = bfd_alloc2 (abfd, num_group, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr *));
501 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr == NULL)
502 return FALSE;
503
504 num_group = 0;
505 for (i = 0; i < shnum; i++)
506 {
507 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
508 if (shdr->sh_type == SHT_GROUP && shdr->sh_size >= 8)
509 {
510 unsigned char *src;
511 Elf_Internal_Group *dest;
512
513 /* Add to list of sections. */
514 elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr[num_group] = shdr;
515 num_group += 1;
516
517 /* Read the raw contents. */
518 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (*dest) >= 4);
519 amt = shdr->sh_size * sizeof (*dest) / 4;
520 shdr->contents = bfd_alloc2 (abfd, shdr->sh_size,
521 sizeof (*dest) / 4);
522 if (shdr->contents == NULL
523 || bfd_seek (abfd, shdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
524 || (bfd_bread (shdr->contents, shdr->sh_size, abfd)
525 != shdr->sh_size))
526 return FALSE;
527
528 /* Translate raw contents, a flag word followed by an
529 array of elf section indices all in target byte order,
530 to the flag word followed by an array of elf section
531 pointers. */
532 src = shdr->contents + shdr->sh_size;
533 dest = (Elf_Internal_Group *) (shdr->contents + amt);
534 while (1)
535 {
536 unsigned int idx;
537
538 src -= 4;
539 --dest;
540 idx = H_GET_32 (abfd, src);
541 if (src == shdr->contents)
542 {
543 dest->flags = idx;
544 if (shdr->bfd_section != NULL && (idx & GRP_COMDAT))
545 shdr->bfd_section->flags
546 |= SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD;
547 break;
548 }
549 if (idx >= shnum)
550 {
551 ((*_bfd_error_handler)
552 (_("%B: invalid SHT_GROUP entry"), abfd));
553 idx = 0;
554 }
555 dest->shdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[idx];
556 }
557 }
558 }
559 }
560 }
561
562 if (num_group != (unsigned) -1)
563 {
564 unsigned int i;
565
566 for (i = 0; i < num_group; i++)
567 {
568 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr[i];
569 Elf_Internal_Group *idx = (Elf_Internal_Group *) shdr->contents;
570 unsigned int n_elt = shdr->sh_size / 4;
571
572 /* Look through this group's sections to see if current
573 section is a member. */
574 while (--n_elt != 0)
575 if ((++idx)->shdr == hdr)
576 {
577 asection *s = NULL;
578
579 /* We are a member of this group. Go looking through
580 other members to see if any others are linked via
581 next_in_group. */
582 idx = (Elf_Internal_Group *) shdr->contents;
583 n_elt = shdr->sh_size / 4;
584 while (--n_elt != 0)
585 if ((s = (++idx)->shdr->bfd_section) != NULL
586 && elf_next_in_group (s) != NULL)
587 break;
588 if (n_elt != 0)
589 {
590 /* Snarf the group name from other member, and
591 insert current section in circular list. */
592 elf_group_name (newsect) = elf_group_name (s);
593 elf_next_in_group (newsect) = elf_next_in_group (s);
594 elf_next_in_group (s) = newsect;
595 }
596 else
597 {
598 const char *gname;
599
600 gname = group_signature (abfd, shdr);
601 if (gname == NULL)
602 return FALSE;
603 elf_group_name (newsect) = gname;
604
605 /* Start a circular list with one element. */
606 elf_next_in_group (newsect) = newsect;
607 }
608
609 /* If the group section has been created, point to the
610 new member. */
611 if (shdr->bfd_section != NULL)
612 elf_next_in_group (shdr->bfd_section) = newsect;
613
614 i = num_group - 1;
615 break;
616 }
617 }
618 }
619
620 if (elf_group_name (newsect) == NULL)
621 {
622 (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B: no group info for section %A"),
623 abfd, newsect);
624 }
625 return TRUE;
626 }
627
628 bfd_boolean
629 _bfd_elf_setup_group_pointers (bfd *abfd)
630 {
631 unsigned int i;
632 unsigned int num_group = elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group;
633 bfd_boolean result = TRUE;
634
635 if (num_group == (unsigned) -1)
636 return result;
637
638 for (i = 0; i < num_group; i++)
639 {
640 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr[i];
641 Elf_Internal_Group *idx = (Elf_Internal_Group *) shdr->contents;
642 unsigned int n_elt = shdr->sh_size / 4;
643
644 while (--n_elt != 0)
645 if ((++idx)->shdr->bfd_section)
646 elf_sec_group (idx->shdr->bfd_section) = shdr->bfd_section;
647 else if (idx->shdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA
648 || idx->shdr->sh_type == SHT_REL)
649 /* We won't include relocation sections in section groups in
650 output object files. We adjust the group section size here
651 so that relocatable link will work correctly when
652 relocation sections are in section group in input object
653 files. */
654 shdr->bfd_section->size -= 4;
655 else
656 {
657 /* There are some unknown sections in the group. */
658 (*_bfd_error_handler)
659 (_("%B: unknown [%d] section `%s' in group [%s]"),
660 abfd,
661 (unsigned int) idx->shdr->sh_type,
662 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd,
663 (elf_elfheader (abfd)
664 ->e_shstrndx),
665 idx->shdr->sh_name),
666 shdr->bfd_section->name);
667 result = FALSE;
668 }
669 }
670 return result;
671 }
672
673 bfd_boolean
674 bfd_elf_is_group_section (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, const asection *sec)
675 {
676 return elf_next_in_group (sec) != NULL;
677 }
678
679 /* Make a BFD section from an ELF section. We store a pointer to the
680 BFD section in the bfd_section field of the header. */
681
682 bfd_boolean
683 _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (bfd *abfd,
684 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr,
685 const char *name,
686 int shindex)
687 {
688 asection *newsect;
689 flagword flags;
690 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
691
692 if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL)
693 {
694 BFD_ASSERT (strcmp (name,
695 bfd_get_section_name (abfd, hdr->bfd_section)) == 0);
696 return TRUE;
697 }
698
699 newsect = bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd, name);
700 if (newsect == NULL)
701 return FALSE;
702
703 hdr->bfd_section = newsect;
704 elf_section_data (newsect)->this_hdr = *hdr;
705 elf_section_data (newsect)->this_idx = shindex;
706
707 /* Always use the real type/flags. */
708 elf_section_type (newsect) = hdr->sh_type;
709 elf_section_flags (newsect) = hdr->sh_flags;
710
711 newsect->filepos = hdr->sh_offset;
712
713 if (! bfd_set_section_vma (abfd, newsect, hdr->sh_addr)
714 || ! bfd_set_section_size (abfd, newsect, hdr->sh_size)
715 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, newsect,
716 bfd_log2 ((bfd_vma) hdr->sh_addralign)))
717 return FALSE;
718
719 flags = SEC_NO_FLAGS;
720 if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
721 flags |= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
722 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_GROUP)
723 flags |= SEC_GROUP | SEC_EXCLUDE;
724 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0)
725 {
726 flags |= SEC_ALLOC;
727 if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
728 flags |= SEC_LOAD;
729 }
730 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_WRITE) == 0)
731 flags |= SEC_READONLY;
732 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_EXECINSTR) != 0)
733 flags |= SEC_CODE;
734 else if ((flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
735 flags |= SEC_DATA;
736 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_MERGE) != 0)
737 {
738 flags |= SEC_MERGE;
739 newsect->entsize = hdr->sh_entsize;
740 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_STRINGS) != 0)
741 flags |= SEC_STRINGS;
742 }
743 if (hdr->sh_flags & SHF_GROUP)
744 if (!setup_group (abfd, hdr, newsect))
745 return FALSE;
746 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_TLS) != 0)
747 flags |= SEC_THREAD_LOCAL;
748
749 if ((flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0)
750 {
751 /* The debugging sections appear to be recognized only by name,
752 not any sort of flag. Their SEC_ALLOC bits are cleared. */
753 static const struct
754 {
755 const char *name;
756 int len;
757 } debug_sections [] =
758 {
759 { "debug", 5 }, /* 'd' */
760 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'e' */
761 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'f' */
762 { "gnu.linkonce.wi.", 17 }, /* 'g' */
763 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'h' */
764 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'i' */
765 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'j' */
766 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'k' */
767 { "line", 4 }, /* 'l' */
768 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'm' */
769 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'n' */
770 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'o' */
771 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'p' */
772 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'q' */
773 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'r' */
774 { "stab", 4 } /* 's' */
775 };
776
777 if (name [0] == '.')
778 {
779 int i = name [1] - 'd';
780 if (i >= 0
781 && i < (int) ARRAY_SIZE (debug_sections)
782 && debug_sections [i].name != NULL
783 && strncmp (&name [1], debug_sections [i].name,
784 debug_sections [i].len) == 0)
785 flags |= SEC_DEBUGGING;
786 }
787 }
788
789 /* As a GNU extension, if the name begins with .gnu.linkonce, we
790 only link a single copy of the section. This is used to support
791 g++. g++ will emit each template expansion in its own section.
792 The symbols will be defined as weak, so that multiple definitions
793 are permitted. The GNU linker extension is to actually discard
794 all but one of the sections. */
795 if (strncmp (name, ".gnu.linkonce", sizeof ".gnu.linkonce" - 1) == 0
796 && elf_next_in_group (newsect) == NULL)
797 flags |= SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD;
798
799 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
800 if (bed->elf_backend_section_flags)
801 if (! bed->elf_backend_section_flags (&flags, hdr))
802 return FALSE;
803
804 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, newsect, flags))
805 return FALSE;
806
807 if ((flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
808 {
809 Elf_Internal_Phdr *phdr;
810 unsigned int i;
811
812 /* Look through the phdrs to see if we need to adjust the lma.
813 If all the p_paddr fields are zero, we ignore them, since
814 some ELF linkers produce such output. */
815 phdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr;
816 for (i = 0; i < elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum; i++, phdr++)
817 {
818 if (phdr->p_paddr != 0)
819 break;
820 }
821 if (i < elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum)
822 {
823 phdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr;
824 for (i = 0; i < elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum; i++, phdr++)
825 {
826 /* This section is part of this segment if its file
827 offset plus size lies within the segment's memory
828 span and, if the section is loaded, the extent of the
829 loaded data lies within the extent of the segment.
830
831 Note - we used to check the p_paddr field as well, and
832 refuse to set the LMA if it was 0. This is wrong
833 though, as a perfectly valid initialised segment can
834 have a p_paddr of zero. Some architectures, eg ARM,
835 place special significance on the address 0 and
836 executables need to be able to have a segment which
837 covers this address. */
838 if (phdr->p_type == PT_LOAD
839 && (bfd_vma) hdr->sh_offset >= phdr->p_offset
840 && (hdr->sh_offset + hdr->sh_size
841 <= phdr->p_offset + phdr->p_memsz)
842 && ((flags & SEC_LOAD) == 0
843 || (hdr->sh_offset + hdr->sh_size
844 <= phdr->p_offset + phdr->p_filesz)))
845 {
846 if ((flags & SEC_LOAD) == 0)
847 newsect->lma = (phdr->p_paddr
848 + hdr->sh_addr - phdr->p_vaddr);
849 else
850 /* We used to use the same adjustment for SEC_LOAD
851 sections, but that doesn't work if the segment
852 is packed with code from multiple VMAs.
853 Instead we calculate the section LMA based on
854 the segment LMA. It is assumed that the
855 segment will contain sections with contiguous
856 LMAs, even if the VMAs are not. */
857 newsect->lma = (phdr->p_paddr
858 + hdr->sh_offset - phdr->p_offset);
859
860 /* With contiguous segments, we can't tell from file
861 offsets whether a section with zero size should
862 be placed at the end of one segment or the
863 beginning of the next. Decide based on vaddr. */
864 if (hdr->sh_addr >= phdr->p_vaddr
865 && (hdr->sh_addr + hdr->sh_size
866 <= phdr->p_vaddr + phdr->p_memsz))
867 break;
868 }
869 }
870 }
871 }
872
873 return TRUE;
874 }
875
876 /*
877 INTERNAL_FUNCTION
878 bfd_elf_find_section
879
880 SYNOPSIS
881 struct elf_internal_shdr *bfd_elf_find_section (bfd *abfd, char *name);
882
883 DESCRIPTION
884 Helper functions for GDB to locate the string tables.
885 Since BFD hides string tables from callers, GDB needs to use an
886 internal hook to find them. Sun's .stabstr, in particular,
887 isn't even pointed to by the .stab section, so ordinary
888 mechanisms wouldn't work to find it, even if we had some.
889 */
890
891 struct elf_internal_shdr *
892 bfd_elf_find_section (bfd *abfd, char *name)
893 {
894 Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp;
895 char *shstrtab;
896 unsigned int max;
897 unsigned int i;
898
899 i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
900 if (i_shdrp != NULL)
901 {
902 shstrtab = bfd_elf_get_str_section (abfd,
903 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shstrndx);
904 if (shstrtab != NULL)
905 {
906 max = elf_numsections (abfd);
907 for (i = 1; i < max; i++)
908 if (!strcmp (&shstrtab[i_shdrp[i]->sh_name], name))
909 return i_shdrp[i];
910 }
911 }
912 return 0;
913 }
914
915 const char *const bfd_elf_section_type_names[] = {
916 "SHT_NULL", "SHT_PROGBITS", "SHT_SYMTAB", "SHT_STRTAB",
917 "SHT_RELA", "SHT_HASH", "SHT_DYNAMIC", "SHT_NOTE",
918 "SHT_NOBITS", "SHT_REL", "SHT_SHLIB", "SHT_DYNSYM",
919 };
920
921 /* ELF relocs are against symbols. If we are producing relocatable
922 output, and the reloc is against an external symbol, and nothing
923 has given us any additional addend, the resulting reloc will also
924 be against the same symbol. In such a case, we don't want to
925 change anything about the way the reloc is handled, since it will
926 all be done at final link time. Rather than put special case code
927 into bfd_perform_relocation, all the reloc types use this howto
928 function. It just short circuits the reloc if producing
929 relocatable output against an external symbol. */
930
931 bfd_reloc_status_type
932 bfd_elf_generic_reloc (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
933 arelent *reloc_entry,
934 asymbol *symbol,
935 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
936 asection *input_section,
937 bfd *output_bfd,
938 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
939 {
940 if (output_bfd != NULL
941 && (symbol->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) == 0
942 && (! reloc_entry->howto->partial_inplace
943 || reloc_entry->addend == 0))
944 {
945 reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
946 return bfd_reloc_ok;
947 }
948
949 return bfd_reloc_continue;
950 }
951 \f
952 /* Make sure sec_info_type is cleared if sec_info is cleared too. */
953
954 static void
955 merge_sections_remove_hook (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
956 asection *sec)
957 {
958 BFD_ASSERT (sec->sec_info_type == ELF_INFO_TYPE_MERGE);
959 sec->sec_info_type = ELF_INFO_TYPE_NONE;
960 }
961
962 /* Finish SHF_MERGE section merging. */
963
964 bfd_boolean
965 _bfd_elf_merge_sections (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
966 {
967 bfd *ibfd;
968 asection *sec;
969
970 if (!is_elf_hash_table (info->hash))
971 return FALSE;
972
973 for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd != NULL; ibfd = ibfd->link_next)
974 if ((ibfd->flags & DYNAMIC) == 0)
975 for (sec = ibfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
976 if ((sec->flags & SEC_MERGE) != 0
977 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sec->output_section))
978 {
979 struct bfd_elf_section_data *secdata;
980
981 secdata = elf_section_data (sec);
982 if (! _bfd_add_merge_section (abfd,
983 &elf_hash_table (info)->merge_info,
984 sec, &secdata->sec_info))
985 return FALSE;
986 else if (secdata->sec_info)
987 sec->sec_info_type = ELF_INFO_TYPE_MERGE;
988 }
989
990 if (elf_hash_table (info)->merge_info != NULL)
991 _bfd_merge_sections (abfd, info, elf_hash_table (info)->merge_info,
992 merge_sections_remove_hook);
993 return TRUE;
994 }
995
996 void
997 _bfd_elf_link_just_syms (asection *sec, struct bfd_link_info *info)
998 {
999 sec->output_section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
1000 sec->output_offset = sec->vma;
1001 if (!is_elf_hash_table (info->hash))
1002 return;
1003
1004 sec->sec_info_type = ELF_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS;
1005 }
1006 \f
1007 /* Copy the program header and other data from one object module to
1008 another. */
1009
1010 bfd_boolean
1011 _bfd_elf_copy_private_bfd_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
1012 {
1013 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
1014 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
1015 return TRUE;
1016
1017 BFD_ASSERT (!elf_flags_init (obfd)
1018 || (elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags
1019 == elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags));
1020
1021 elf_gp (obfd) = elf_gp (ibfd);
1022 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags;
1023 elf_flags_init (obfd) = TRUE;
1024 return TRUE;
1025 }
1026
1027 /* Print out the program headers. */
1028
1029 bfd_boolean
1030 _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd *abfd, void *farg)
1031 {
1032 FILE *f = farg;
1033 Elf_Internal_Phdr *p;
1034 asection *s;
1035 bfd_byte *dynbuf = NULL;
1036
1037 p = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr;
1038 if (p != NULL)
1039 {
1040 unsigned int i, c;
1041
1042 fprintf (f, _("\nProgram Header:\n"));
1043 c = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum;
1044 for (i = 0; i < c; i++, p++)
1045 {
1046 const char *pt;
1047 char buf[20];
1048
1049 switch (p->p_type)
1050 {
1051 case PT_NULL: pt = "NULL"; break;
1052 case PT_LOAD: pt = "LOAD"; break;
1053 case PT_DYNAMIC: pt = "DYNAMIC"; break;
1054 case PT_INTERP: pt = "INTERP"; break;
1055 case PT_NOTE: pt = "NOTE"; break;
1056 case PT_SHLIB: pt = "SHLIB"; break;
1057 case PT_PHDR: pt = "PHDR"; break;
1058 case PT_TLS: pt = "TLS"; break;
1059 case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME: pt = "EH_FRAME"; break;
1060 case PT_GNU_STACK: pt = "STACK"; break;
1061 case PT_GNU_RELRO: pt = "RELRO"; break;
1062 default: sprintf (buf, "0x%lx", p->p_type); pt = buf; break;
1063 }
1064 fprintf (f, "%8s off 0x", pt);
1065 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_offset);
1066 fprintf (f, " vaddr 0x");
1067 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_vaddr);
1068 fprintf (f, " paddr 0x");
1069 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_paddr);
1070 fprintf (f, " align 2**%u\n", bfd_log2 (p->p_align));
1071 fprintf (f, " filesz 0x");
1072 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_filesz);
1073 fprintf (f, " memsz 0x");
1074 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_memsz);
1075 fprintf (f, " flags %c%c%c",
1076 (p->p_flags & PF_R) != 0 ? 'r' : '-',
1077 (p->p_flags & PF_W) != 0 ? 'w' : '-',
1078 (p->p_flags & PF_X) != 0 ? 'x' : '-');
1079 if ((p->p_flags &~ (unsigned) (PF_R | PF_W | PF_X)) != 0)
1080 fprintf (f, " %lx", p->p_flags &~ (unsigned) (PF_R | PF_W | PF_X));
1081 fprintf (f, "\n");
1082 }
1083 }
1084
1085 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic");
1086 if (s != NULL)
1087 {
1088 int elfsec;
1089 unsigned long shlink;
1090 bfd_byte *extdyn, *extdynend;
1091 size_t extdynsize;
1092 void (*swap_dyn_in) (bfd *, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn *);
1093
1094 fprintf (f, _("\nDynamic Section:\n"));
1095
1096 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, s, &dynbuf))
1097 goto error_return;
1098
1099 elfsec = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, s);
1100 if (elfsec == -1)
1101 goto error_return;
1102 shlink = elf_elfsections (abfd)[elfsec]->sh_link;
1103
1104 extdynsize = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_dyn;
1105 swap_dyn_in = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->swap_dyn_in;
1106
1107 extdyn = dynbuf;
1108 extdynend = extdyn + s->size;
1109 for (; extdyn < extdynend; extdyn += extdynsize)
1110 {
1111 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
1112 const char *name;
1113 char ab[20];
1114 bfd_boolean stringp;
1115
1116 (*swap_dyn_in) (abfd, extdyn, &dyn);
1117
1118 if (dyn.d_tag == DT_NULL)
1119 break;
1120
1121 stringp = FALSE;
1122 switch (dyn.d_tag)
1123 {
1124 default:
1125 sprintf (ab, "0x%lx", (unsigned long) dyn.d_tag);
1126 name = ab;
1127 break;
1128
1129 case DT_NEEDED: name = "NEEDED"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1130 case DT_PLTRELSZ: name = "PLTRELSZ"; break;
1131 case DT_PLTGOT: name = "PLTGOT"; break;
1132 case DT_HASH: name = "HASH"; break;
1133 case DT_STRTAB: name = "STRTAB"; break;
1134 case DT_SYMTAB: name = "SYMTAB"; break;
1135 case DT_RELA: name = "RELA"; break;
1136 case DT_RELASZ: name = "RELASZ"; break;
1137 case DT_RELAENT: name = "RELAENT"; break;
1138 case DT_STRSZ: name = "STRSZ"; break;
1139 case DT_SYMENT: name = "SYMENT"; break;
1140 case DT_INIT: name = "INIT"; break;
1141 case DT_FINI: name = "FINI"; break;
1142 case DT_SONAME: name = "SONAME"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1143 case DT_RPATH: name = "RPATH"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1144 case DT_SYMBOLIC: name = "SYMBOLIC"; break;
1145 case DT_REL: name = "REL"; break;
1146 case DT_RELSZ: name = "RELSZ"; break;
1147 case DT_RELENT: name = "RELENT"; break;
1148 case DT_PLTREL: name = "PLTREL"; break;
1149 case DT_DEBUG: name = "DEBUG"; break;
1150 case DT_TEXTREL: name = "TEXTREL"; break;
1151 case DT_JMPREL: name = "JMPREL"; break;
1152 case DT_BIND_NOW: name = "BIND_NOW"; break;
1153 case DT_INIT_ARRAY: name = "INIT_ARRAY"; break;
1154 case DT_FINI_ARRAY: name = "FINI_ARRAY"; break;
1155 case DT_INIT_ARRAYSZ: name = "INIT_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1156 case DT_FINI_ARRAYSZ: name = "FINI_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1157 case DT_RUNPATH: name = "RUNPATH"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1158 case DT_FLAGS: name = "FLAGS"; break;
1159 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAY: name = "PREINIT_ARRAY"; break;
1160 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAYSZ: name = "PREINIT_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1161 case DT_CHECKSUM: name = "CHECKSUM"; break;
1162 case DT_PLTPADSZ: name = "PLTPADSZ"; break;
1163 case DT_MOVEENT: name = "MOVEENT"; break;
1164 case DT_MOVESZ: name = "MOVESZ"; break;
1165 case DT_FEATURE: name = "FEATURE"; break;
1166 case DT_POSFLAG_1: name = "POSFLAG_1"; break;
1167 case DT_SYMINSZ: name = "SYMINSZ"; break;
1168 case DT_SYMINENT: name = "SYMINENT"; break;
1169 case DT_CONFIG: name = "CONFIG"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1170 case DT_DEPAUDIT: name = "DEPAUDIT"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1171 case DT_AUDIT: name = "AUDIT"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1172 case DT_PLTPAD: name = "PLTPAD"; break;
1173 case DT_MOVETAB: name = "MOVETAB"; break;
1174 case DT_SYMINFO: name = "SYMINFO"; break;
1175 case DT_RELACOUNT: name = "RELACOUNT"; break;
1176 case DT_RELCOUNT: name = "RELCOUNT"; break;
1177 case DT_FLAGS_1: name = "FLAGS_1"; break;
1178 case DT_VERSYM: name = "VERSYM"; break;
1179 case DT_VERDEF: name = "VERDEF"; break;
1180 case DT_VERDEFNUM: name = "VERDEFNUM"; break;
1181 case DT_VERNEED: name = "VERNEED"; break;
1182 case DT_VERNEEDNUM: name = "VERNEEDNUM"; break;
1183 case DT_AUXILIARY: name = "AUXILIARY"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1184 case DT_USED: name = "USED"; break;
1185 case DT_FILTER: name = "FILTER"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1186 }
1187
1188 fprintf (f, " %-11s ", name);
1189 if (! stringp)
1190 fprintf (f, "0x%lx", (unsigned long) dyn.d_un.d_val);
1191 else
1192 {
1193 const char *string;
1194 unsigned int tagv = dyn.d_un.d_val;
1195
1196 string = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, shlink, tagv);
1197 if (string == NULL)
1198 goto error_return;
1199 fprintf (f, "%s", string);
1200 }
1201 fprintf (f, "\n");
1202 }
1203
1204 free (dynbuf);
1205 dynbuf = NULL;
1206 }
1207
1208 if ((elf_dynverdef (abfd) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef == NULL)
1209 || (elf_dynverref (abfd) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd)->verref == NULL))
1210 {
1211 if (! _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (abfd, FALSE))
1212 return FALSE;
1213 }
1214
1215 if (elf_dynverdef (abfd) != 0)
1216 {
1217 Elf_Internal_Verdef *t;
1218
1219 fprintf (f, _("\nVersion definitions:\n"));
1220 for (t = elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef; t != NULL; t = t->vd_nextdef)
1221 {
1222 fprintf (f, "%d 0x%2.2x 0x%8.8lx %s\n", t->vd_ndx,
1223 t->vd_flags, t->vd_hash,
1224 t->vd_nodename ? t->vd_nodename : "<corrupt>");
1225 if (t->vd_auxptr != NULL && t->vd_auxptr->vda_nextptr != NULL)
1226 {
1227 Elf_Internal_Verdaux *a;
1228
1229 fprintf (f, "\t");
1230 for (a = t->vd_auxptr->vda_nextptr;
1231 a != NULL;
1232 a = a->vda_nextptr)
1233 fprintf (f, "%s ",
1234 a->vda_nodename ? a->vda_nodename : "<corrupt>");
1235 fprintf (f, "\n");
1236 }
1237 }
1238 }
1239
1240 if (elf_dynverref (abfd) != 0)
1241 {
1242 Elf_Internal_Verneed *t;
1243
1244 fprintf (f, _("\nVersion References:\n"));
1245 for (t = elf_tdata (abfd)->verref; t != NULL; t = t->vn_nextref)
1246 {
1247 Elf_Internal_Vernaux *a;
1248
1249 fprintf (f, _(" required from %s:\n"),
1250 t->vn_filename ? t->vn_filename : "<corrupt>");
1251 for (a = t->vn_auxptr; a != NULL; a = a->vna_nextptr)
1252 fprintf (f, " 0x%8.8lx 0x%2.2x %2.2d %s\n", a->vna_hash,
1253 a->vna_flags, a->vna_other,
1254 a->vna_nodename ? a->vna_nodename : "<corrupt>");
1255 }
1256 }
1257
1258 return TRUE;
1259
1260 error_return:
1261 if (dynbuf != NULL)
1262 free (dynbuf);
1263 return FALSE;
1264 }
1265
1266 /* Display ELF-specific fields of a symbol. */
1267
1268 void
1269 bfd_elf_print_symbol (bfd *abfd,
1270 void *filep,
1271 asymbol *symbol,
1272 bfd_print_symbol_type how)
1273 {
1274 FILE *file = filep;
1275 switch (how)
1276 {
1277 case bfd_print_symbol_name:
1278 fprintf (file, "%s", symbol->name);
1279 break;
1280 case bfd_print_symbol_more:
1281 fprintf (file, "elf ");
1282 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, file, symbol->value);
1283 fprintf (file, " %lx", (long) symbol->flags);
1284 break;
1285 case bfd_print_symbol_all:
1286 {
1287 const char *section_name;
1288 const char *name = NULL;
1289 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
1290 unsigned char st_other;
1291 bfd_vma val;
1292
1293 section_name = symbol->section ? symbol->section->name : "(*none*)";
1294
1295 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
1296 if (bed->elf_backend_print_symbol_all)
1297 name = (*bed->elf_backend_print_symbol_all) (abfd, filep, symbol);
1298
1299 if (name == NULL)
1300 {
1301 name = symbol->name;
1302 bfd_print_symbol_vandf (abfd, file, symbol);
1303 }
1304
1305 fprintf (file, " %s\t", section_name);
1306 /* Print the "other" value for a symbol. For common symbols,
1307 we've already printed the size; now print the alignment.
1308 For other symbols, we have no specified alignment, and
1309 we've printed the address; now print the size. */
1310 if (bfd_is_com_section (symbol->section))
1311 val = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->internal_elf_sym.st_value;
1312 else
1313 val = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->internal_elf_sym.st_size;
1314 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, file, val);
1315
1316 /* If we have version information, print it. */
1317 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->dynversym_section != 0
1318 && (elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverdef_section != 0
1319 || elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverref_section != 0))
1320 {
1321 unsigned int vernum;
1322 const char *version_string;
1323
1324 vernum = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->version & VERSYM_VERSION;
1325
1326 if (vernum == 0)
1327 version_string = "";
1328 else if (vernum == 1)
1329 version_string = "Base";
1330 else if (vernum <= elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs)
1331 version_string =
1332 elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef[vernum - 1].vd_nodename;
1333 else
1334 {
1335 Elf_Internal_Verneed *t;
1336
1337 version_string = "";
1338 for (t = elf_tdata (abfd)->verref;
1339 t != NULL;
1340 t = t->vn_nextref)
1341 {
1342 Elf_Internal_Vernaux *a;
1343
1344 for (a = t->vn_auxptr; a != NULL; a = a->vna_nextptr)
1345 {
1346 if (a->vna_other == vernum)
1347 {
1348 version_string = a->vna_nodename;
1349 break;
1350 }
1351 }
1352 }
1353 }
1354
1355 if ((((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->version & VERSYM_HIDDEN) == 0)
1356 fprintf (file, " %-11s", version_string);
1357 else
1358 {
1359 int i;
1360
1361 fprintf (file, " (%s)", version_string);
1362 for (i = 10 - strlen (version_string); i > 0; --i)
1363 putc (' ', file);
1364 }
1365 }
1366
1367 /* If the st_other field is not zero, print it. */
1368 st_other = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->internal_elf_sym.st_other;
1369
1370 switch (st_other)
1371 {
1372 case 0: break;
1373 case STV_INTERNAL: fprintf (file, " .internal"); break;
1374 case STV_HIDDEN: fprintf (file, " .hidden"); break;
1375 case STV_PROTECTED: fprintf (file, " .protected"); break;
1376 default:
1377 /* Some other non-defined flags are also present, so print
1378 everything hex. */
1379 fprintf (file, " 0x%02x", (unsigned int) st_other);
1380 }
1381
1382 fprintf (file, " %s", name);
1383 }
1384 break;
1385 }
1386 }
1387 \f
1388 /* Create an entry in an ELF linker hash table. */
1389
1390 struct bfd_hash_entry *
1391 _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry *entry,
1392 struct bfd_hash_table *table,
1393 const char *string)
1394 {
1395 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
1396 subclass. */
1397 if (entry == NULL)
1398 {
1399 entry = bfd_hash_allocate (table, sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry));
1400 if (entry == NULL)
1401 return entry;
1402 }
1403
1404 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
1405 entry = _bfd_link_hash_newfunc (entry, table, string);
1406 if (entry != NULL)
1407 {
1408 struct elf_link_hash_entry *ret = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) entry;
1409 struct elf_link_hash_table *htab = (struct elf_link_hash_table *) table;
1410
1411 /* Set local fields. */
1412 ret->indx = -1;
1413 ret->dynindx = -1;
1414 ret->got = htab->init_got_refcount;
1415 ret->plt = htab->init_plt_refcount;
1416 memset (&ret->size, 0, (sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry)
1417 - offsetof (struct elf_link_hash_entry, size)));
1418 /* Assume that we have been called by a non-ELF symbol reader.
1419 This flag is then reset by the code which reads an ELF input
1420 file. This ensures that a symbol created by a non-ELF symbol
1421 reader will have the flag set correctly. */
1422 ret->non_elf = 1;
1423 }
1424
1425 return entry;
1426 }
1427
1428 /* Copy data from an indirect symbol to its direct symbol, hiding the
1429 old indirect symbol. Also used for copying flags to a weakdef. */
1430
1431 void
1432 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (const struct elf_backend_data *bed,
1433 struct elf_link_hash_entry *dir,
1434 struct elf_link_hash_entry *ind)
1435 {
1436 bfd_signed_vma tmp;
1437 bfd_signed_vma lowest_valid = bed->can_refcount;
1438
1439 /* Copy down any references that we may have already seen to the
1440 symbol which just became indirect. */
1441
1442 dir->ref_dynamic |= ind->ref_dynamic;
1443 dir->ref_regular |= ind->ref_regular;
1444 dir->ref_regular_nonweak |= ind->ref_regular_nonweak;
1445 dir->non_got_ref |= ind->non_got_ref;
1446 dir->needs_plt |= ind->needs_plt;
1447 dir->pointer_equality_needed |= ind->pointer_equality_needed;
1448
1449 if (ind->root.type != bfd_link_hash_indirect)
1450 return;
1451
1452 /* Copy over the global and procedure linkage table refcount entries.
1453 These may have been already set up by a check_relocs routine. */
1454 tmp = dir->got.refcount;
1455 if (tmp < lowest_valid)
1456 {
1457 dir->got.refcount = ind->got.refcount;
1458 ind->got.refcount = tmp;
1459 }
1460 else
1461 BFD_ASSERT (ind->got.refcount < lowest_valid);
1462
1463 tmp = dir->plt.refcount;
1464 if (tmp < lowest_valid)
1465 {
1466 dir->plt.refcount = ind->plt.refcount;
1467 ind->plt.refcount = tmp;
1468 }
1469 else
1470 BFD_ASSERT (ind->plt.refcount < lowest_valid);
1471
1472 if (dir->dynindx == -1)
1473 {
1474 dir->dynindx = ind->dynindx;
1475 dir->dynstr_index = ind->dynstr_index;
1476 ind->dynindx = -1;
1477 ind->dynstr_index = 0;
1478 }
1479 else
1480 BFD_ASSERT (ind->dynindx == -1);
1481 }
1482
1483 void
1484 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
1485 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
1486 bfd_boolean force_local)
1487 {
1488 h->plt = elf_hash_table (info)->init_plt_offset;
1489 h->needs_plt = 0;
1490 if (force_local)
1491 {
1492 h->forced_local = 1;
1493 if (h->dynindx != -1)
1494 {
1495 h->dynindx = -1;
1496 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (elf_hash_table (info)->dynstr,
1497 h->dynstr_index);
1498 }
1499 }
1500 }
1501
1502 /* Initialize an ELF linker hash table. */
1503
1504 bfd_boolean
1505 _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init
1506 (struct elf_link_hash_table *table,
1507 bfd *abfd,
1508 struct bfd_hash_entry *(*newfunc) (struct bfd_hash_entry *,
1509 struct bfd_hash_table *,
1510 const char *))
1511 {
1512 bfd_boolean ret;
1513 int can_refcount = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->can_refcount;
1514
1515 table->dynamic_sections_created = FALSE;
1516 table->dynobj = NULL;
1517 table->init_got_refcount.refcount = can_refcount - 1;
1518 table->init_plt_refcount.refcount = can_refcount - 1;
1519 table->init_got_offset.offset = -(bfd_vma) 1;
1520 table->init_plt_offset.offset = -(bfd_vma) 1;
1521 /* The first dynamic symbol is a dummy. */
1522 table->dynsymcount = 1;
1523 table->dynstr = NULL;
1524 table->bucketcount = 0;
1525 table->needed = NULL;
1526 table->hgot = NULL;
1527 table->merge_info = NULL;
1528 memset (&table->stab_info, 0, sizeof (table->stab_info));
1529 memset (&table->eh_info, 0, sizeof (table->eh_info));
1530 table->dynlocal = NULL;
1531 table->runpath = NULL;
1532 table->tls_sec = NULL;
1533 table->tls_size = 0;
1534 table->loaded = NULL;
1535 table->is_relocatable_executable = FALSE;
1536
1537 ret = _bfd_link_hash_table_init (&table->root, abfd, newfunc);
1538 table->root.type = bfd_link_elf_hash_table;
1539
1540 return ret;
1541 }
1542
1543 /* Create an ELF linker hash table. */
1544
1545 struct bfd_link_hash_table *
1546 _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd *abfd)
1547 {
1548 struct elf_link_hash_table *ret;
1549 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_table);
1550
1551 ret = bfd_malloc (amt);
1552 if (ret == NULL)
1553 return NULL;
1554
1555 if (! _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (ret, abfd, _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc))
1556 {
1557 free (ret);
1558 return NULL;
1559 }
1560
1561 return &ret->root;
1562 }
1563
1564 /* This is a hook for the ELF emulation code in the generic linker to
1565 tell the backend linker what file name to use for the DT_NEEDED
1566 entry for a dynamic object. */
1567
1568 void
1569 bfd_elf_set_dt_needed_name (bfd *abfd, const char *name)
1570 {
1571 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
1572 && bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_object)
1573 elf_dt_name (abfd) = name;
1574 }
1575
1576 int
1577 bfd_elf_get_dyn_lib_class (bfd *abfd)
1578 {
1579 int lib_class;
1580 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
1581 && bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_object)
1582 lib_class = elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd);
1583 else
1584 lib_class = 0;
1585 return lib_class;
1586 }
1587
1588 void
1589 bfd_elf_set_dyn_lib_class (bfd *abfd, int lib_class)
1590 {
1591 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
1592 && bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_object)
1593 elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd) = lib_class;
1594 }
1595
1596 /* Get the list of DT_NEEDED entries for a link. This is a hook for
1597 the linker ELF emulation code. */
1598
1599 struct bfd_link_needed_list *
1600 bfd_elf_get_needed_list (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1601 struct bfd_link_info *info)
1602 {
1603 if (! is_elf_hash_table (info->hash))
1604 return NULL;
1605 return elf_hash_table (info)->needed;
1606 }
1607
1608 /* Get the list of DT_RPATH/DT_RUNPATH entries for a link. This is a
1609 hook for the linker ELF emulation code. */
1610
1611 struct bfd_link_needed_list *
1612 bfd_elf_get_runpath_list (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1613 struct bfd_link_info *info)
1614 {
1615 if (! is_elf_hash_table (info->hash))
1616 return NULL;
1617 return elf_hash_table (info)->runpath;
1618 }
1619
1620 /* Get the name actually used for a dynamic object for a link. This
1621 is the SONAME entry if there is one. Otherwise, it is the string
1622 passed to bfd_elf_set_dt_needed_name, or it is the filename. */
1623
1624 const char *
1625 bfd_elf_get_dt_soname (bfd *abfd)
1626 {
1627 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
1628 && bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_object)
1629 return elf_dt_name (abfd);
1630 return NULL;
1631 }
1632
1633 /* Get the list of DT_NEEDED entries from a BFD. This is a hook for
1634 the ELF linker emulation code. */
1635
1636 bfd_boolean
1637 bfd_elf_get_bfd_needed_list (bfd *abfd,
1638 struct bfd_link_needed_list **pneeded)
1639 {
1640 asection *s;
1641 bfd_byte *dynbuf = NULL;
1642 int elfsec;
1643 unsigned long shlink;
1644 bfd_byte *extdyn, *extdynend;
1645 size_t extdynsize;
1646 void (*swap_dyn_in) (bfd *, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn *);
1647
1648 *pneeded = NULL;
1649
1650 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
1651 || bfd_get_format (abfd) != bfd_object)
1652 return TRUE;
1653
1654 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic");
1655 if (s == NULL || s->size == 0)
1656 return TRUE;
1657
1658 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, s, &dynbuf))
1659 goto error_return;
1660
1661 elfsec = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, s);
1662 if (elfsec == -1)
1663 goto error_return;
1664
1665 shlink = elf_elfsections (abfd)[elfsec]->sh_link;
1666
1667 extdynsize = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_dyn;
1668 swap_dyn_in = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->swap_dyn_in;
1669
1670 extdyn = dynbuf;
1671 extdynend = extdyn + s->size;
1672 for (; extdyn < extdynend; extdyn += extdynsize)
1673 {
1674 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
1675
1676 (*swap_dyn_in) (abfd, extdyn, &dyn);
1677
1678 if (dyn.d_tag == DT_NULL)
1679 break;
1680
1681 if (dyn.d_tag == DT_NEEDED)
1682 {
1683 const char *string;
1684 struct bfd_link_needed_list *l;
1685 unsigned int tagv = dyn.d_un.d_val;
1686 bfd_size_type amt;
1687
1688 string = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, shlink, tagv);
1689 if (string == NULL)
1690 goto error_return;
1691
1692 amt = sizeof *l;
1693 l = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
1694 if (l == NULL)
1695 goto error_return;
1696
1697 l->by = abfd;
1698 l->name = string;
1699 l->next = *pneeded;
1700 *pneeded = l;
1701 }
1702 }
1703
1704 free (dynbuf);
1705
1706 return TRUE;
1707
1708 error_return:
1709 if (dynbuf != NULL)
1710 free (dynbuf);
1711 return FALSE;
1712 }
1713 \f
1714 /* Allocate an ELF string table--force the first byte to be zero. */
1715
1716 struct bfd_strtab_hash *
1717 _bfd_elf_stringtab_init (void)
1718 {
1719 struct bfd_strtab_hash *ret;
1720
1721 ret = _bfd_stringtab_init ();
1722 if (ret != NULL)
1723 {
1724 bfd_size_type loc;
1725
1726 loc = _bfd_stringtab_add (ret, "", TRUE, FALSE);
1727 BFD_ASSERT (loc == 0 || loc == (bfd_size_type) -1);
1728 if (loc == (bfd_size_type) -1)
1729 {
1730 _bfd_stringtab_free (ret);
1731 ret = NULL;
1732 }
1733 }
1734 return ret;
1735 }
1736 \f
1737 /* ELF .o/exec file reading */
1738
1739 /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF section header. */
1740
1741 bfd_boolean
1742 bfd_section_from_shdr (bfd *abfd, unsigned int shindex)
1743 {
1744 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex];
1745 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *ehdr = elf_elfheader (abfd);
1746 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
1747 const char *name;
1748
1749 name = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd,
1750 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shstrndx,
1751 hdr->sh_name);
1752 if (name == NULL)
1753 return FALSE;
1754
1755 switch (hdr->sh_type)
1756 {
1757 case SHT_NULL:
1758 /* Inactive section. Throw it away. */
1759 return TRUE;
1760
1761 case SHT_PROGBITS: /* Normal section with contents. */
1762 case SHT_NOBITS: /* .bss section. */
1763 case SHT_HASH: /* .hash section. */
1764 case SHT_NOTE: /* .note section. */
1765 case SHT_INIT_ARRAY: /* .init_array section. */
1766 case SHT_FINI_ARRAY: /* .fini_array section. */
1767 case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY: /* .preinit_array section. */
1768 case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST: /* .gnu.liblist section. */
1769 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
1770
1771 case SHT_DYNAMIC: /* Dynamic linking information. */
1772 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex))
1773 return FALSE;
1774 if (hdr->sh_link > elf_numsections (abfd)
1775 || elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link] == NULL)
1776 return FALSE;
1777 if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type != SHT_STRTAB)
1778 {
1779 Elf_Internal_Shdr *dynsymhdr;
1780
1781 /* The shared libraries distributed with hpux11 have a bogus
1782 sh_link field for the ".dynamic" section. Find the
1783 string table for the ".dynsym" section instead. */
1784 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) != 0)
1785 {
1786 dynsymhdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd)];
1787 hdr->sh_link = dynsymhdr->sh_link;
1788 }
1789 else
1790 {
1791 unsigned int i, num_sec;
1792
1793 num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
1794 for (i = 1; i < num_sec; i++)
1795 {
1796 dynsymhdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
1797 if (dynsymhdr->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM)
1798 {
1799 hdr->sh_link = dynsymhdr->sh_link;
1800 break;
1801 }
1802 }
1803 }
1804 }
1805 break;
1806
1807 case SHT_SYMTAB: /* A symbol table */
1808 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == shindex)
1809 return TRUE;
1810
1811 if (hdr->sh_entsize != bed->s->sizeof_sym)
1812 return FALSE;
1813 BFD_ASSERT (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == 0);
1814 elf_onesymtab (abfd) = shindex;
1815 elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr = *hdr;
1816 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
1817 abfd->flags |= HAS_SYMS;
1818
1819 /* Sometimes a shared object will map in the symbol table. If
1820 SHF_ALLOC is set, and this is a shared object, then we also
1821 treat this section as a BFD section. We can not base the
1822 decision purely on SHF_ALLOC, because that flag is sometimes
1823 set in a relocatable object file, which would confuse the
1824 linker. */
1825 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0
1826 && (abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0
1827 && ! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name,
1828 shindex))
1829 return FALSE;
1830
1831 /* Go looking for SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX too, since if there is one we
1832 can't read symbols without that section loaded as well. It
1833 is most likely specified by the next section header. */
1834 if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[elf_symtab_shndx (abfd)]->sh_link != shindex)
1835 {
1836 unsigned int i, num_sec;
1837
1838 num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
1839 for (i = shindex + 1; i < num_sec; i++)
1840 {
1841 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2 = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
1842 if (hdr2->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
1843 && hdr2->sh_link == shindex)
1844 break;
1845 }
1846 if (i == num_sec)
1847 for (i = 1; i < shindex; i++)
1848 {
1849 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2 = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
1850 if (hdr2->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
1851 && hdr2->sh_link == shindex)
1852 break;
1853 }
1854 if (i != shindex)
1855 return bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, i);
1856 }
1857 return TRUE;
1858
1859 case SHT_DYNSYM: /* A dynamic symbol table */
1860 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == shindex)
1861 return TRUE;
1862
1863 if (hdr->sh_entsize != bed->s->sizeof_sym)
1864 return FALSE;
1865 BFD_ASSERT (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0);
1866 elf_dynsymtab (abfd) = shindex;
1867 elf_tdata (abfd)->dynsymtab_hdr = *hdr;
1868 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynsymtab_hdr;
1869 abfd->flags |= HAS_SYMS;
1870
1871 /* Besides being a symbol table, we also treat this as a regular
1872 section, so that objcopy can handle it. */
1873 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
1874
1875 case SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX: /* Symbol section indices when >64k sections */
1876 if (elf_symtab_shndx (abfd) == shindex)
1877 return TRUE;
1878
1879 BFD_ASSERT (elf_symtab_shndx (abfd) == 0);
1880 elf_symtab_shndx (abfd) = shindex;
1881 elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_shndx_hdr = *hdr;
1882 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_shndx_hdr;
1883 return TRUE;
1884
1885 case SHT_STRTAB: /* A string table */
1886 if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL)
1887 return TRUE;
1888 if (ehdr->e_shstrndx == shindex)
1889 {
1890 elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr = *hdr;
1891 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = &elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr;
1892 return TRUE;
1893 }
1894 if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[elf_onesymtab (abfd)]->sh_link == shindex)
1895 {
1896 symtab_strtab:
1897 elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr = *hdr;
1898 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = &elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr;
1899 return TRUE;
1900 }
1901 if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd)]->sh_link == shindex)
1902 {
1903 dynsymtab_strtab:
1904 elf_tdata (abfd)->dynstrtab_hdr = *hdr;
1905 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynstrtab_hdr;
1906 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr;
1907 /* We also treat this as a regular section, so that objcopy
1908 can handle it. */
1909 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name,
1910 shindex);
1911 }
1912
1913 /* If the string table isn't one of the above, then treat it as a
1914 regular section. We need to scan all the headers to be sure,
1915 just in case this strtab section appeared before the above. */
1916 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == 0 || elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0)
1917 {
1918 unsigned int i, num_sec;
1919
1920 num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
1921 for (i = 1; i < num_sec; i++)
1922 {
1923 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2 = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
1924 if (hdr2->sh_link == shindex)
1925 {
1926 /* Prevent endless recursion on broken objects. */
1927 if (i == shindex)
1928 return FALSE;
1929 if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, i))
1930 return FALSE;
1931 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == i)
1932 goto symtab_strtab;
1933 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == i)
1934 goto dynsymtab_strtab;
1935 }
1936 }
1937 }
1938 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
1939
1940 case SHT_REL:
1941 case SHT_RELA:
1942 /* *These* do a lot of work -- but build no sections! */
1943 {
1944 asection *target_sect;
1945 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2;
1946 unsigned int num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
1947
1948 if (hdr->sh_entsize
1949 != (bfd_size_type) (hdr->sh_type == SHT_REL
1950 ? bed->s->sizeof_rel : bed->s->sizeof_rela))
1951 return FALSE;
1952
1953 /* Check for a bogus link to avoid crashing. */
1954 if ((hdr->sh_link >= SHN_LORESERVE && hdr->sh_link <= SHN_HIRESERVE)
1955 || hdr->sh_link >= num_sec)
1956 {
1957 ((*_bfd_error_handler)
1958 (_("%B: invalid link %lu for reloc section %s (index %u)"),
1959 abfd, hdr->sh_link, name, shindex));
1960 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name,
1961 shindex);
1962 }
1963
1964 /* For some incomprehensible reason Oracle distributes
1965 libraries for Solaris in which some of the objects have
1966 bogus sh_link fields. It would be nice if we could just
1967 reject them, but, unfortunately, some people need to use
1968 them. We scan through the section headers; if we find only
1969 one suitable symbol table, we clobber the sh_link to point
1970 to it. I hope this doesn't break anything. */
1971 if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type != SHT_SYMTAB
1972 && elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type != SHT_DYNSYM)
1973 {
1974 unsigned int scan;
1975 int found;
1976
1977 found = 0;
1978 for (scan = 1; scan < num_sec; scan++)
1979 {
1980 if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[scan]->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB
1981 || elf_elfsections (abfd)[scan]->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM)
1982 {
1983 if (found != 0)
1984 {
1985 found = 0;
1986 break;
1987 }
1988 found = scan;
1989 }
1990 }
1991 if (found != 0)
1992 hdr->sh_link = found;
1993 }
1994
1995 /* Get the symbol table. */
1996 if ((elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB
1997 || elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM)
1998 && ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr->sh_link))
1999 return FALSE;
2000
2001 /* If this reloc section does not use the main symbol table we
2002 don't treat it as a reloc section. BFD can't adequately
2003 represent such a section, so at least for now, we don't
2004 try. We just present it as a normal section. We also
2005 can't use it as a reloc section if it points to the null
2006 section. */
2007 if (hdr->sh_link != elf_onesymtab (abfd) || hdr->sh_info == SHN_UNDEF)
2008 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name,
2009 shindex);
2010
2011 /* Prevent endless recursion on broken objects. */
2012 if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_info]->sh_type == SHT_REL
2013 || elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_info]->sh_type == SHT_RELA)
2014 return FALSE;
2015 if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr->sh_info))
2016 return FALSE;
2017 target_sect = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, hdr->sh_info);
2018 if (target_sect == NULL)
2019 return FALSE;
2020
2021 if ((target_sect->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0
2022 || target_sect->reloc_count == 0)
2023 hdr2 = &elf_section_data (target_sect)->rel_hdr;
2024 else
2025 {
2026 bfd_size_type amt;
2027 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (target_sect)->rel_hdr2 == NULL);
2028 amt = sizeof (*hdr2);
2029 hdr2 = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
2030 elf_section_data (target_sect)->rel_hdr2 = hdr2;
2031 }
2032 *hdr2 = *hdr;
2033 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr2;
2034 target_sect->reloc_count += NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (hdr);
2035 target_sect->flags |= SEC_RELOC;
2036 target_sect->relocation = NULL;
2037 target_sect->rel_filepos = hdr->sh_offset;
2038 /* In the section to which the relocations apply, mark whether
2039 its relocations are of the REL or RELA variety. */
2040 if (hdr->sh_size != 0)
2041 target_sect->use_rela_p = hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA;
2042 abfd->flags |= HAS_RELOC;
2043 return TRUE;
2044 }
2045 break;
2046
2047 case SHT_GNU_verdef:
2048 elf_dynverdef (abfd) = shindex;
2049 elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverdef_hdr = *hdr;
2050 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
2051 break;
2052
2053 case SHT_GNU_versym:
2054 if (hdr->sh_entsize != sizeof (Elf_External_Versym))
2055 return FALSE;
2056 elf_dynversym (abfd) = shindex;
2057 elf_tdata (abfd)->dynversym_hdr = *hdr;
2058 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
2059 break;
2060
2061 case SHT_GNU_verneed:
2062 elf_dynverref (abfd) = shindex;
2063 elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverref_hdr = *hdr;
2064 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
2065 break;
2066
2067 case SHT_SHLIB:
2068 return TRUE;
2069
2070 case SHT_GROUP:
2071 /* We need a BFD section for objcopy and relocatable linking,
2072 and it's handy to have the signature available as the section
2073 name. */
2074 if (hdr->sh_entsize != GRP_ENTRY_SIZE)
2075 return FALSE;
2076 name = group_signature (abfd, hdr);
2077 if (name == NULL)
2078 return FALSE;
2079 if (!_bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex))
2080 return FALSE;
2081 if (hdr->contents != NULL)
2082 {
2083 Elf_Internal_Group *idx = (Elf_Internal_Group *) hdr->contents;
2084 unsigned int n_elt = hdr->sh_size / 4;
2085 asection *s;
2086
2087 if (idx->flags & GRP_COMDAT)
2088 hdr->bfd_section->flags
2089 |= SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD;
2090
2091 /* We try to keep the same section order as it comes in. */
2092 idx += n_elt;
2093 while (--n_elt != 0)
2094 if ((s = (--idx)->shdr->bfd_section) != NULL
2095 && elf_next_in_group (s) != NULL)
2096 {
2097 elf_next_in_group (hdr->bfd_section) = s;
2098 break;
2099 }
2100 }
2101 break;
2102
2103 default:
2104 /* Check for any processor-specific section types. */
2105 return bed->elf_backend_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name,
2106 shindex);
2107 }
2108
2109 return TRUE;
2110 }
2111
2112 /* Return the section for the local symbol specified by ABFD, R_SYMNDX.
2113 Return SEC for sections that have no elf section, and NULL on error. */
2114
2115 asection *
2116 bfd_section_from_r_symndx (bfd *abfd,
2117 struct sym_sec_cache *cache,
2118 asection *sec,
2119 unsigned long r_symndx)
2120 {
2121 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
2122 unsigned char esym[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym)];
2123 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx;
2124 Elf_Internal_Sym isym;
2125 unsigned int ent = r_symndx % LOCAL_SYM_CACHE_SIZE;
2126
2127 if (cache->abfd == abfd && cache->indx[ent] == r_symndx)
2128 return cache->sec[ent];
2129
2130 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
2131 if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd, symtab_hdr, 1, r_symndx,
2132 &isym, esym, &eshndx) == NULL)
2133 return NULL;
2134
2135 if (cache->abfd != abfd)
2136 {
2137 memset (cache->indx, -1, sizeof (cache->indx));
2138 cache->abfd = abfd;
2139 }
2140 cache->indx[ent] = r_symndx;
2141 cache->sec[ent] = sec;
2142 if ((isym.st_shndx != SHN_UNDEF && isym.st_shndx < SHN_LORESERVE)
2143 || isym.st_shndx > SHN_HIRESERVE)
2144 {
2145 asection *s;
2146 s = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, isym.st_shndx);
2147 if (s != NULL)
2148 cache->sec[ent] = s;
2149 }
2150 return cache->sec[ent];
2151 }
2152
2153 /* Given an ELF section number, retrieve the corresponding BFD
2154 section. */
2155
2156 asection *
2157 bfd_section_from_elf_index (bfd *abfd, unsigned int index)
2158 {
2159 if (index >= elf_numsections (abfd))
2160 return NULL;
2161 return elf_elfsections (abfd)[index]->bfd_section;
2162 }
2163
2164 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_b[] =
2165 {
2166 { ".bss", 4, -2, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2167 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2168 };
2169
2170 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_c[] =
2171 {
2172 { ".comment", 8, 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2173 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2174 };
2175
2176 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_d[] =
2177 {
2178 { ".data", 5, -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2179 { ".data1", 6, 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2180 { ".debug", 6, 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2181 { ".debug_line", 11, 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2182 { ".debug_info", 11, 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2183 { ".debug_abbrev", 13, 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2184 { ".debug_aranges", 14, 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2185 { ".dynamic", 8, 0, SHT_DYNAMIC, SHF_ALLOC },
2186 { ".dynstr", 7, 0, SHT_STRTAB, SHF_ALLOC },
2187 { ".dynsym", 7, 0, SHT_DYNSYM, SHF_ALLOC },
2188 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2189 };
2190
2191 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_f[] =
2192 {
2193 { ".fini", 5, 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR },
2194 { ".fini_array", 11, 0, SHT_FINI_ARRAY, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2195 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2196 };
2197
2198 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_g[] =
2199 {
2200 { ".gnu.linkonce.b",15, -2, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2201 { ".got", 4, 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2202 { ".gnu.version", 12, 0, SHT_GNU_versym, 0 },
2203 { ".gnu.version_d", 14, 0, SHT_GNU_verdef, 0 },
2204 { ".gnu.version_r", 14, 0, SHT_GNU_verneed, 0 },
2205 { ".gnu.liblist", 12, 0, SHT_GNU_LIBLIST, SHF_ALLOC },
2206 { ".gnu.conflict", 13, 0, SHT_RELA, SHF_ALLOC },
2207 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2208 };
2209
2210 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_h[] =
2211 {
2212 { ".hash", 5, 0, SHT_HASH, SHF_ALLOC },
2213 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2214 };
2215
2216 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_i[] =
2217 {
2218 { ".init", 5, 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR },
2219 { ".init_array", 11, 0, SHT_INIT_ARRAY, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2220 { ".interp", 7, 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2221 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2222 };
2223
2224 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_l[] =
2225 {
2226 { ".line", 5, 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2227 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2228 };
2229
2230 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_n[] =
2231 {
2232 { ".note.GNU-stack",15, 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2233 { ".note", 5, -1, SHT_NOTE, 0 },
2234 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2235 };
2236
2237 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_p[] =
2238 {
2239 { ".preinit_array", 14, 0, SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2240 { ".plt", 4, 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR },
2241 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2242 };
2243
2244 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_r[] =
2245 {
2246 { ".rodata", 7, -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC },
2247 { ".rodata1", 8, 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC },
2248 { ".rela", 5, -1, SHT_RELA, 0 },
2249 { ".rel", 4, -1, SHT_REL, 0 },
2250 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2251 };
2252
2253 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_s[] =
2254 {
2255 { ".shstrtab", 9, 0, SHT_STRTAB, 0 },
2256 { ".strtab", 7, 0, SHT_STRTAB, 0 },
2257 { ".symtab", 7, 0, SHT_SYMTAB, 0 },
2258 { ".stabstr", 5, 3, SHT_STRTAB, 0 },
2259 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2260 };
2261
2262 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_t[] =
2263 {
2264 { ".text", 5, -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR },
2265 { ".tbss", 5, -2, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_TLS },
2266 { ".tdata", 6, -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_TLS },
2267 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2268 };
2269
2270 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section *special_sections[] =
2271 {
2272 special_sections_b, /* 'b' */
2273 special_sections_c, /* 'b' */
2274 special_sections_d, /* 'd' */
2275 NULL, /* 'e' */
2276 special_sections_f, /* 'f' */
2277 special_sections_g, /* 'g' */
2278 special_sections_h, /* 'h' */
2279 special_sections_i, /* 'i' */
2280 NULL, /* 'j' */
2281 NULL, /* 'k' */
2282 special_sections_l, /* 'l' */
2283 NULL, /* 'm' */
2284 special_sections_n, /* 'n' */
2285 NULL, /* 'o' */
2286 special_sections_p, /* 'p' */
2287 NULL, /* 'q' */
2288 special_sections_r, /* 'r' */
2289 special_sections_s, /* 's' */
2290 special_sections_t, /* 't' */
2291 };
2292
2293 const struct bfd_elf_special_section *
2294 _bfd_elf_get_special_section (const char *name,
2295 const struct bfd_elf_special_section *spec,
2296 unsigned int rela)
2297 {
2298 int i;
2299 int len;
2300
2301 len = strlen (name);
2302
2303 for (i = 0; spec[i].prefix != NULL; i++)
2304 {
2305 int suffix_len;
2306 int prefix_len = spec[i].prefix_length;
2307
2308 if (len < prefix_len)
2309 continue;
2310 if (memcmp (name, spec[i].prefix, prefix_len) != 0)
2311 continue;
2312
2313 suffix_len = spec[i].suffix_length;
2314 if (suffix_len <= 0)
2315 {
2316 if (name[prefix_len] != 0)
2317 {
2318 if (suffix_len == 0)
2319 continue;
2320 if (name[prefix_len] != '.'
2321 && (suffix_len == -2
2322 || (rela && spec[i].type == SHT_REL)))
2323 continue;
2324 }
2325 }
2326 else
2327 {
2328 if (len < prefix_len + suffix_len)
2329 continue;
2330 if (memcmp (name + len - suffix_len,
2331 spec[i].prefix + prefix_len,
2332 suffix_len) != 0)
2333 continue;
2334 }
2335 return &spec[i];
2336 }
2337
2338 return NULL;
2339 }
2340
2341 const struct bfd_elf_special_section *
2342 _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, asection *sec)
2343 {
2344 int i;
2345 const struct bfd_elf_special_section *spec;
2346
2347 /* See if this is one of the special sections. */
2348 if (sec->name == NULL)
2349 return NULL;
2350
2351 if (sec->name[0] != '.')
2352 return NULL;
2353
2354 i = sec->name[1] - 'b';
2355 if (i < 0 || i > 't' - 'b')
2356 return NULL;
2357
2358 spec = special_sections[i];
2359
2360 if (spec == NULL)
2361 return NULL;
2362
2363 return _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec->name, spec, sec->use_rela_p);
2364 }
2365
2366 bfd_boolean
2367 _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (bfd *abfd, asection *sec)
2368 {
2369 struct bfd_elf_section_data *sdata;
2370 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
2371 const struct bfd_elf_special_section *ssect;
2372
2373 sdata = (struct bfd_elf_section_data *) sec->used_by_bfd;
2374 if (sdata == NULL)
2375 {
2376 sdata = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (*sdata));
2377 if (sdata == NULL)
2378 return FALSE;
2379 sec->used_by_bfd = sdata;
2380 }
2381
2382 /* Indicate whether or not this section should use RELA relocations. */
2383 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
2384 sec->use_rela_p = bed->default_use_rela_p;
2385
2386 /* When we read a file, we don't need section type and flags unless
2387 it is a linker created section. They will be overridden in
2388 _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr anyway. */
2389 if (abfd->direction != read_direction
2390 || (sec->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) != 0)
2391 {
2392 ssect = (*bed->get_sec_type_attr) (abfd, sec);
2393 if (ssect != NULL)
2394 {
2395 elf_section_type (sec) = ssect->type;
2396 elf_section_flags (sec) = ssect->attr;
2397 }
2398 }
2399
2400 return TRUE;
2401 }
2402
2403 /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF program header.
2404
2405 Since program segments have no names, we generate a synthetic name
2406 of the form segment<NUM>, where NUM is generally the index in the
2407 program header table. For segments that are split (see below) we
2408 generate the names segment<NUM>a and segment<NUM>b.
2409
2410 Note that some program segments may have a file size that is different than
2411 (less than) the memory size. All this means is that at execution the
2412 system must allocate the amount of memory specified by the memory size,
2413 but only initialize it with the first "file size" bytes read from the
2414 file. This would occur for example, with program segments consisting
2415 of combined data+bss.
2416
2417 To handle the above situation, this routine generates TWO bfd sections
2418 for the single program segment. The first has the length specified by
2419 the file size of the segment, and the second has the length specified
2420 by the difference between the two sizes. In effect, the segment is split
2421 into it's initialized and uninitialized parts.
2422
2423 */
2424
2425 bfd_boolean
2426 _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (bfd *abfd,
2427 Elf_Internal_Phdr *hdr,
2428 int index,
2429 const char *typename)
2430 {
2431 asection *newsect;
2432 char *name;
2433 char namebuf[64];
2434 size_t len;
2435 int split;
2436
2437 split = ((hdr->p_memsz > 0)
2438 && (hdr->p_filesz > 0)
2439 && (hdr->p_memsz > hdr->p_filesz));
2440 sprintf (namebuf, "%s%d%s", typename, index, split ? "a" : "");
2441 len = strlen (namebuf) + 1;
2442 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
2443 if (!name)
2444 return FALSE;
2445 memcpy (name, namebuf, len);
2446 newsect = bfd_make_section (abfd, name);
2447 if (newsect == NULL)
2448 return FALSE;
2449 newsect->vma = hdr->p_vaddr;
2450 newsect->lma = hdr->p_paddr;
2451 newsect->size = hdr->p_filesz;
2452 newsect->filepos = hdr->p_offset;
2453 newsect->flags |= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
2454 newsect->alignment_power = bfd_log2 (hdr->p_align);
2455 if (hdr->p_type == PT_LOAD)
2456 {
2457 newsect->flags |= SEC_ALLOC;
2458 newsect->flags |= SEC_LOAD;
2459 if (hdr->p_flags & PF_X)
2460 {
2461 /* FIXME: all we known is that it has execute PERMISSION,
2462 may be data. */
2463 newsect->flags |= SEC_CODE;
2464 }
2465 }
2466 if (!(hdr->p_flags & PF_W))
2467 {
2468 newsect->flags |= SEC_READONLY;
2469 }
2470
2471 if (split)
2472 {
2473 sprintf (namebuf, "%s%db", typename, index);
2474 len = strlen (namebuf) + 1;
2475 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
2476 if (!name)
2477 return FALSE;
2478 memcpy (name, namebuf, len);
2479 newsect = bfd_make_section (abfd, name);
2480 if (newsect == NULL)
2481 return FALSE;
2482 newsect->vma = hdr->p_vaddr + hdr->p_filesz;
2483 newsect->lma = hdr->p_paddr + hdr->p_filesz;
2484 newsect->size = hdr->p_memsz - hdr->p_filesz;
2485 if (hdr->p_type == PT_LOAD)
2486 {
2487 newsect->flags |= SEC_ALLOC;
2488 if (hdr->p_flags & PF_X)
2489 newsect->flags |= SEC_CODE;
2490 }
2491 if (!(hdr->p_flags & PF_W))
2492 newsect->flags |= SEC_READONLY;
2493 }
2494
2495 return TRUE;
2496 }
2497
2498 bfd_boolean
2499 bfd_section_from_phdr (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Phdr *hdr, int index)
2500 {
2501 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
2502
2503 switch (hdr->p_type)
2504 {
2505 case PT_NULL:
2506 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "null");
2507
2508 case PT_LOAD:
2509 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "load");
2510
2511 case PT_DYNAMIC:
2512 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "dynamic");
2513
2514 case PT_INTERP:
2515 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "interp");
2516
2517 case PT_NOTE:
2518 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "note"))
2519 return FALSE;
2520 if (! elfcore_read_notes (abfd, hdr->p_offset, hdr->p_filesz))
2521 return FALSE;
2522 return TRUE;
2523
2524 case PT_SHLIB:
2525 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "shlib");
2526
2527 case PT_PHDR:
2528 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "phdr");
2529
2530 case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME:
2531 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index,
2532 "eh_frame_hdr");
2533
2534 case PT_GNU_STACK:
2535 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "stack");
2536
2537 case PT_GNU_RELRO:
2538 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "relro");
2539
2540 default:
2541 /* Check for any processor-specific program segment types. */
2542 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
2543 return bed->elf_backend_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "proc");
2544 }
2545 }
2546
2547 /* Initialize REL_HDR, the section-header for new section, containing
2548 relocations against ASECT. If USE_RELA_P is TRUE, we use RELA
2549 relocations; otherwise, we use REL relocations. */
2550
2551 bfd_boolean
2552 _bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (bfd *abfd,
2553 Elf_Internal_Shdr *rel_hdr,
2554 asection *asect,
2555 bfd_boolean use_rela_p)
2556 {
2557 char *name;
2558 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
2559 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof ".rela" + strlen (asect->name);
2560
2561 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
2562 if (name == NULL)
2563 return FALSE;
2564 sprintf (name, "%s%s", use_rela_p ? ".rela" : ".rel", asect->name);
2565 rel_hdr->sh_name =
2566 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd), name,
2567 FALSE);
2568 if (rel_hdr->sh_name == (unsigned int) -1)
2569 return FALSE;
2570 rel_hdr->sh_type = use_rela_p ? SHT_RELA : SHT_REL;
2571 rel_hdr->sh_entsize = (use_rela_p
2572 ? bed->s->sizeof_rela
2573 : bed->s->sizeof_rel);
2574 rel_hdr->sh_addralign = 1 << bed->s->log_file_align;
2575 rel_hdr->sh_flags = 0;
2576 rel_hdr->sh_addr = 0;
2577 rel_hdr->sh_size = 0;
2578 rel_hdr->sh_offset = 0;
2579
2580 return TRUE;
2581 }
2582
2583 /* Set up an ELF internal section header for a section. */
2584
2585 static void
2586 elf_fake_sections (bfd *abfd, asection *asect, void *failedptrarg)
2587 {
2588 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
2589 bfd_boolean *failedptr = failedptrarg;
2590 Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr;
2591
2592 if (*failedptr)
2593 {
2594 /* We already failed; just get out of the bfd_map_over_sections
2595 loop. */
2596 return;
2597 }
2598
2599 this_hdr = &elf_section_data (asect)->this_hdr;
2600
2601 this_hdr->sh_name = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd),
2602 asect->name, FALSE);
2603 if (this_hdr->sh_name == (unsigned int) -1)
2604 {
2605 *failedptr = TRUE;
2606 return;
2607 }
2608
2609 this_hdr->sh_flags = 0;
2610
2611 if ((asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
2612 || asect->user_set_vma)
2613 this_hdr->sh_addr = asect->vma;
2614 else
2615 this_hdr->sh_addr = 0;
2616
2617 this_hdr->sh_offset = 0;
2618 this_hdr->sh_size = asect->size;
2619 this_hdr->sh_link = 0;
2620 this_hdr->sh_addralign = 1 << asect->alignment_power;
2621 /* The sh_entsize and sh_info fields may have been set already by
2622 copy_private_section_data. */
2623
2624 this_hdr->bfd_section = asect;
2625 this_hdr->contents = NULL;
2626
2627 /* If the section type is unspecified, we set it based on
2628 asect->flags. */
2629 if (this_hdr->sh_type == SHT_NULL)
2630 {
2631 if ((asect->flags & SEC_GROUP) != 0)
2632 {
2633 /* We also need to mark SHF_GROUP here for relocatable
2634 link. */
2635 struct bfd_link_order *l;
2636 asection *elt;
2637
2638 for (l = asect->map_head.link_order; l != NULL; l = l->next)
2639 if (l->type == bfd_indirect_link_order
2640 && (elt = elf_next_in_group (l->u.indirect.section)) != NULL)
2641 do
2642 {
2643 /* The name is not important. Anything will do. */
2644 elf_group_name (elt->output_section) = "G";
2645 elf_section_flags (elt->output_section) |= SHF_GROUP;
2646
2647 elt = elf_next_in_group (elt);
2648 /* During a relocatable link, the lists are
2649 circular. */
2650 }
2651 while (elt != elf_next_in_group (l->u.indirect.section));
2652
2653 this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_GROUP;
2654 }
2655 else if ((asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
2656 && (((asect->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS)) == 0)
2657 || (asect->flags & SEC_NEVER_LOAD) != 0))
2658 this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_NOBITS;
2659 else
2660 this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_PROGBITS;
2661 }
2662
2663 switch (this_hdr->sh_type)
2664 {
2665 default:
2666 break;
2667
2668 case SHT_STRTAB:
2669 case SHT_INIT_ARRAY:
2670 case SHT_FINI_ARRAY:
2671 case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY:
2672 case SHT_NOTE:
2673 case SHT_NOBITS:
2674 case SHT_PROGBITS:
2675 break;
2676
2677 case SHT_HASH:
2678 this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_hash_entry;
2679 break;
2680
2681 case SHT_DYNSYM:
2682 this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_sym;
2683 break;
2684
2685 case SHT_DYNAMIC:
2686 this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_dyn;
2687 break;
2688
2689 case SHT_RELA:
2690 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->may_use_rela_p)
2691 this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_rela;
2692 break;
2693
2694 case SHT_REL:
2695 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->may_use_rel_p)
2696 this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_rel;
2697 break;
2698
2699 case SHT_GNU_versym:
2700 this_hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf_External_Versym);
2701 break;
2702
2703 case SHT_GNU_verdef:
2704 this_hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
2705 /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set
2706 cverdefs. The linker will set cverdefs, but sh_info will be
2707 zero. */
2708 if (this_hdr->sh_info == 0)
2709 this_hdr->sh_info = elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs;
2710 else
2711 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs == 0
2712 || this_hdr->sh_info == elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs);
2713 break;
2714
2715 case SHT_GNU_verneed:
2716 this_hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
2717 /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set
2718 cverrefs. The linker will set cverrefs, but sh_info will be
2719 zero. */
2720 if (this_hdr->sh_info == 0)
2721 this_hdr->sh_info = elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs;
2722 else
2723 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs == 0
2724 || this_hdr->sh_info == elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs);
2725 break;
2726
2727 case SHT_GROUP:
2728 this_hdr->sh_entsize = 4;
2729 break;
2730 }
2731
2732 if ((asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
2733 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_ALLOC;
2734 if ((asect->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
2735 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_WRITE;
2736 if ((asect->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0)
2737 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_EXECINSTR;
2738 if ((asect->flags & SEC_MERGE) != 0)
2739 {
2740 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MERGE;
2741 this_hdr->sh_entsize = asect->entsize;
2742 if ((asect->flags & SEC_STRINGS) != 0)
2743 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_STRINGS;
2744 }
2745 if ((asect->flags & SEC_GROUP) == 0 && elf_group_name (asect) != NULL)
2746 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_GROUP;
2747 if ((asect->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0)
2748 {
2749 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_TLS;
2750 if (asect->size == 0 && (asect->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0)
2751 {
2752 struct bfd_link_order *o;
2753
2754 this_hdr->sh_size = 0;
2755 for (o = asect->map_head.link_order; o != NULL; o = o->next)
2756 if (this_hdr->sh_size < o->offset + o->size)
2757 this_hdr->sh_size = o->offset + o->size;
2758 if (this_hdr->sh_size)
2759 this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_NOBITS;
2760 }
2761 }
2762
2763 /* Check for processor-specific section types. */
2764 if (bed->elf_backend_fake_sections
2765 && !(*bed->elf_backend_fake_sections) (abfd, this_hdr, asect))
2766 *failedptr = TRUE;
2767
2768 /* If the section has relocs, set up a section header for the
2769 SHT_REL[A] section. If two relocation sections are required for
2770 this section, it is up to the processor-specific back-end to
2771 create the other. */
2772 if ((asect->flags & SEC_RELOC) != 0
2773 && !_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd,
2774 &elf_section_data (asect)->rel_hdr,
2775 asect,
2776 asect->use_rela_p))
2777 *failedptr = TRUE;
2778 }
2779
2780 /* Fill in the contents of a SHT_GROUP section. */
2781
2782 void
2783 bfd_elf_set_group_contents (bfd *abfd, asection *sec, void *failedptrarg)
2784 {
2785 bfd_boolean *failedptr = failedptrarg;
2786 unsigned long symindx;
2787 asection *elt, *first;
2788 unsigned char *loc;
2789 struct bfd_link_order *l;
2790 bfd_boolean gas;
2791
2792 /* Ignore linker created group section. See elfNN_ia64_object_p in
2793 elfxx-ia64.c. */
2794 if (((sec->flags & (SEC_GROUP | SEC_LINKER_CREATED)) != SEC_GROUP)
2795 || *failedptr)
2796 return;
2797
2798 symindx = 0;
2799 if (elf_group_id (sec) != NULL)
2800 symindx = elf_group_id (sec)->udata.i;
2801
2802 if (symindx == 0)
2803 {
2804 /* If called from the assembler, swap_out_syms will have set up
2805 elf_section_syms; If called for "ld -r", use target_index. */
2806 if (elf_section_syms (abfd) != NULL)
2807 symindx = elf_section_syms (abfd)[sec->index]->udata.i;
2808 else
2809 symindx = sec->target_index;
2810 }
2811 elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.sh_info = symindx;
2812
2813 /* The contents won't be allocated for "ld -r" or objcopy. */
2814 gas = TRUE;
2815 if (sec->contents == NULL)
2816 {
2817 gas = FALSE;
2818 sec->contents = bfd_alloc (abfd, sec->size);
2819
2820 /* Arrange for the section to be written out. */
2821 elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = sec->contents;
2822 if (sec->contents == NULL)
2823 {
2824 *failedptr = TRUE;
2825 return;
2826 }
2827 }
2828
2829 loc = sec->contents + sec->size;
2830
2831 /* Get the pointer to the first section in the group that gas
2832 squirreled away here. objcopy arranges for this to be set to the
2833 start of the input section group. */
2834 first = elt = elf_next_in_group (sec);
2835
2836 /* First element is a flag word. Rest of section is elf section
2837 indices for all the sections of the group. Write them backwards
2838 just to keep the group in the same order as given in .section
2839 directives, not that it matters. */
2840 while (elt != NULL)
2841 {
2842 asection *s;
2843 unsigned int idx;
2844
2845 loc -= 4;
2846 s = elt;
2847 if (!gas)
2848 s = s->output_section;
2849 idx = 0;
2850 if (s != NULL)
2851 idx = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
2852 H_PUT_32 (abfd, idx, loc);
2853 elt = elf_next_in_group (elt);
2854 if (elt == first)
2855 break;
2856 }
2857
2858 /* If this is a relocatable link, then the above did nothing because
2859 SEC is the output section. Look through the input sections
2860 instead. */
2861 for (l = sec->map_head.link_order; l != NULL; l = l->next)
2862 if (l->type == bfd_indirect_link_order
2863 && (elt = elf_next_in_group (l->u.indirect.section)) != NULL)
2864 do
2865 {
2866 loc -= 4;
2867 H_PUT_32 (abfd,
2868 elf_section_data (elt->output_section)->this_idx, loc);
2869 elt = elf_next_in_group (elt);
2870 /* During a relocatable link, the lists are circular. */
2871 }
2872 while (elt != elf_next_in_group (l->u.indirect.section));
2873
2874 if ((loc -= 4) != sec->contents)
2875 abort ();
2876
2877 H_PUT_32 (abfd, sec->flags & SEC_LINK_ONCE ? GRP_COMDAT : 0, loc);
2878 }
2879
2880 /* Assign all ELF section numbers. The dummy first section is handled here
2881 too. The link/info pointers for the standard section types are filled
2882 in here too, while we're at it. */
2883
2884 static bfd_boolean
2885 assign_section_numbers (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
2886 {
2887 struct elf_obj_tdata *t = elf_tdata (abfd);
2888 asection *sec;
2889 unsigned int section_number, secn;
2890 Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp;
2891 struct bfd_elf_section_data *d;
2892
2893 section_number = 1;
2894
2895 _bfd_elf_strtab_clear_all_refs (elf_shstrtab (abfd));
2896
2897 /* SHT_GROUP sections are in relocatable files only. */
2898 if (link_info == NULL || link_info->relocatable)
2899 {
2900 /* Put SHT_GROUP sections first. */
2901 for (sec = abfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
2902 {
2903 d = elf_section_data (sec);
2904
2905 if (d->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_GROUP)
2906 {
2907 if (sec->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED)
2908 {
2909 /* Remove the linker created SHT_GROUP sections. */
2910 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd, sec);
2911 abfd->section_count--;
2912 }
2913 else
2914 {
2915 if (section_number == SHN_LORESERVE)
2916 section_number += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
2917 d->this_idx = section_number++;
2918 }
2919 }
2920 }
2921 }
2922
2923 for (sec = abfd->sections; sec; sec = sec->next)
2924 {
2925 d = elf_section_data (sec);
2926
2927 if (d->this_hdr.sh_type != SHT_GROUP)
2928 {
2929 if (section_number == SHN_LORESERVE)
2930 section_number += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
2931 d->this_idx = section_number++;
2932 }
2933 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), d->this_hdr.sh_name);
2934 if ((sec->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0)
2935 d->rel_idx = 0;
2936 else
2937 {
2938 if (section_number == SHN_LORESERVE)
2939 section_number += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
2940 d->rel_idx = section_number++;
2941 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), d->rel_hdr.sh_name);
2942 }
2943
2944 if (d->rel_hdr2)
2945 {
2946 if (section_number == SHN_LORESERVE)
2947 section_number += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
2948 d->rel_idx2 = section_number++;
2949 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), d->rel_hdr2->sh_name);
2950 }
2951 else
2952 d->rel_idx2 = 0;
2953 }
2954
2955 if (section_number == SHN_LORESERVE)
2956 section_number += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
2957 t->shstrtab_section = section_number++;
2958 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), t->shstrtab_hdr.sh_name);
2959 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shstrndx = t->shstrtab_section;
2960
2961 if (bfd_get_symcount (abfd) > 0)
2962 {
2963 if (section_number == SHN_LORESERVE)
2964 section_number += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
2965 t->symtab_section = section_number++;
2966 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), t->symtab_hdr.sh_name);
2967 if (section_number > SHN_LORESERVE - 2)
2968 {
2969 if (section_number == SHN_LORESERVE)
2970 section_number += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
2971 t->symtab_shndx_section = section_number++;
2972 t->symtab_shndx_hdr.sh_name
2973 = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd),
2974 ".symtab_shndx", FALSE);
2975 if (t->symtab_shndx_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1)
2976 return FALSE;
2977 }
2978 if (section_number == SHN_LORESERVE)
2979 section_number += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
2980 t->strtab_section = section_number++;
2981 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), t->strtab_hdr.sh_name);
2982 }
2983
2984 _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (elf_shstrtab (abfd));
2985 t->shstrtab_hdr.sh_size = _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_shstrtab (abfd));
2986
2987 elf_numsections (abfd) = section_number;
2988 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shnum = section_number;
2989 if (section_number > SHN_LORESERVE)
2990 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shnum -= SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
2991
2992 /* Set up the list of section header pointers, in agreement with the
2993 indices. */
2994 i_shdrp = bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, section_number, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr *));
2995 if (i_shdrp == NULL)
2996 return FALSE;
2997
2998 i_shdrp[0] = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr));
2999 if (i_shdrp[0] == NULL)
3000 {
3001 bfd_release (abfd, i_shdrp);
3002 return FALSE;
3003 }
3004
3005 elf_elfsections (abfd) = i_shdrp;
3006
3007 i_shdrp[t->shstrtab_section] = &t->shstrtab_hdr;
3008 if (bfd_get_symcount (abfd) > 0)
3009 {
3010 i_shdrp[t->symtab_section] = &t->symtab_hdr;
3011 if (elf_numsections (abfd) > SHN_LORESERVE)
3012 {
3013 i_shdrp[t->symtab_shndx_section] = &t->symtab_shndx_hdr;
3014 t->symtab_shndx_hdr.sh_link = t->symtab_section;
3015 }
3016 i_shdrp[t->strtab_section] = &t->strtab_hdr;
3017 t->symtab_hdr.sh_link = t->strtab_section;
3018 }
3019
3020 for (sec = abfd->sections; sec; sec = sec->next)
3021 {
3022 struct bfd_elf_section_data *d = elf_section_data (sec);
3023 asection *s;
3024 const char *name;
3025
3026 i_shdrp[d->this_idx] = &d->this_hdr;
3027 if (d->rel_idx != 0)
3028 i_shdrp[d->rel_idx] = &d->rel_hdr;
3029 if (d->rel_idx2 != 0)
3030 i_shdrp[d->rel_idx2] = d->rel_hdr2;
3031
3032 /* Fill in the sh_link and sh_info fields while we're at it. */
3033
3034 /* sh_link of a reloc section is the section index of the symbol
3035 table. sh_info is the section index of the section to which
3036 the relocation entries apply. */
3037 if (d->rel_idx != 0)
3038 {
3039 d->rel_hdr.sh_link = t->symtab_section;
3040 d->rel_hdr.sh_info = d->this_idx;
3041 }
3042 if (d->rel_idx2 != 0)
3043 {
3044 d->rel_hdr2->sh_link = t->symtab_section;
3045 d->rel_hdr2->sh_info = d->this_idx;
3046 }
3047
3048 /* We need to set up sh_link for SHF_LINK_ORDER. */
3049 if ((d->this_hdr.sh_flags & SHF_LINK_ORDER) != 0)
3050 {
3051 s = elf_linked_to_section (sec);
3052 if (s)
3053 d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
3054 else
3055 {
3056 struct bfd_link_order *p;
3057
3058 /* Find out what the corresponding section in output
3059 is. */
3060 for (p = sec->map_head.link_order; p != NULL; p = p->next)
3061 {
3062 s = p->u.indirect.section;
3063 if (p->type == bfd_indirect_link_order
3064 && (bfd_get_flavour (s->owner)
3065 == bfd_target_elf_flavour))
3066 {
3067 Elf_Internal_Shdr ** const elf_shdrp
3068 = elf_elfsections (s->owner);
3069 int elfsec
3070 = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (s->owner, s);
3071 elfsec = elf_shdrp[elfsec]->sh_link;
3072 /* PR 290:
3073 The Intel C compiler generates SHT_IA_64_UNWIND with
3074 SHF_LINK_ORDER. But it doesn't set the sh_link or
3075 sh_info fields. Hence we could get the situation
3076 where elfsec is 0. */
3077 if (elfsec == 0)
3078 {
3079 const struct elf_backend_data *bed
3080 = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
3081 if (bed->link_order_error_handler)
3082 bed->link_order_error_handler
3083 (_("%B: warning: sh_link not set for section `%A'"),
3084 abfd, s);
3085 }
3086 else
3087 {
3088 s = elf_shdrp[elfsec]->bfd_section;
3089 if (elf_discarded_section (s))
3090 {
3091 asection *kept;
3092 (*_bfd_error_handler)
3093 (_("%B: sh_link of section `%A' points to discarded section `%A' of `%B'"),
3094 abfd, d->this_hdr.bfd_section,
3095 s, s->owner);
3096 /* Point to the kept section if it has
3097 the same size as the discarded
3098 one. */
3099 kept = _bfd_elf_check_kept_section (s);
3100 if (kept == NULL)
3101 {
3102 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
3103 return FALSE;
3104 }
3105 s = kept;
3106 }
3107 s = s->output_section;
3108 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
3109 d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
3110 }
3111 break;
3112 }
3113 }
3114 }
3115 }
3116
3117 switch (d->this_hdr.sh_type)
3118 {
3119 case SHT_REL:
3120 case SHT_RELA:
3121 /* A reloc section which we are treating as a normal BFD
3122 section. sh_link is the section index of the symbol
3123 table. sh_info is the section index of the section to
3124 which the relocation entries apply. We assume that an
3125 allocated reloc section uses the dynamic symbol table.
3126 FIXME: How can we be sure? */
3127 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynsym");
3128 if (s != NULL)
3129 d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
3130
3131 /* We look up the section the relocs apply to by name. */
3132 name = sec->name;
3133 if (d->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_REL)
3134 name += 4;
3135 else
3136 name += 5;
3137 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, name);
3138 if (s != NULL)
3139 d->this_hdr.sh_info = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
3140 break;
3141
3142 case SHT_STRTAB:
3143 /* We assume that a section named .stab*str is a stabs
3144 string section. We look for a section with the same name
3145 but without the trailing ``str'', and set its sh_link
3146 field to point to this section. */
3147 if (strncmp (sec->name, ".stab", sizeof ".stab" - 1) == 0
3148 && strcmp (sec->name + strlen (sec->name) - 3, "str") == 0)
3149 {
3150 size_t len;
3151 char *alc;
3152
3153 len = strlen (sec->name);
3154 alc = bfd_malloc (len - 2);
3155 if (alc == NULL)
3156 return FALSE;
3157 memcpy (alc, sec->name, len - 3);
3158 alc[len - 3] = '\0';
3159 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, alc);
3160 free (alc);
3161 if (s != NULL)
3162 {
3163 elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_link = d->this_idx;
3164
3165 /* This is a .stab section. */
3166 if (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize == 0)
3167 elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize
3168 = 4 + 2 * bfd_get_arch_size (abfd) / 8;
3169 }
3170 }
3171 break;
3172
3173 case SHT_DYNAMIC:
3174 case SHT_DYNSYM:
3175 case SHT_GNU_verneed:
3176 case SHT_GNU_verdef:
3177 /* sh_link is the section header index of the string table
3178 used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or the
3179 version strings. */
3180 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynstr");
3181 if (s != NULL)
3182 d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
3183 break;
3184
3185 case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST:
3186 /* sh_link is the section header index of the prelink library
3187 list
3188 used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or the
3189 version strings. */
3190 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC)
3191 ? ".dynstr" : ".gnu.libstr");
3192 if (s != NULL)
3193 d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
3194 break;
3195
3196 case SHT_HASH:
3197 case SHT_GNU_versym:
3198 /* sh_link is the section header index of the symbol table
3199 this hash table or version table is for. */
3200 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynsym");
3201 if (s != NULL)
3202 d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
3203 break;
3204
3205 case SHT_GROUP:
3206 d->this_hdr.sh_link = t->symtab_section;
3207 }
3208 }
3209
3210 for (secn = 1; secn < section_number; ++secn)
3211 if (i_shdrp[secn] == NULL)
3212 i_shdrp[secn] = i_shdrp[0];
3213 else
3214 i_shdrp[secn]->sh_name = _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (elf_shstrtab (abfd),
3215 i_shdrp[secn]->sh_name);
3216 return TRUE;
3217 }
3218
3219 /* Map symbol from it's internal number to the external number, moving
3220 all local symbols to be at the head of the list. */
3221
3222 static int
3223 sym_is_global (bfd *abfd, asymbol *sym)
3224 {
3225 /* If the backend has a special mapping, use it. */
3226 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
3227 if (bed->elf_backend_sym_is_global)
3228 return (*bed->elf_backend_sym_is_global) (abfd, sym);
3229
3230 return ((sym->flags & (BSF_GLOBAL | BSF_WEAK)) != 0
3231 || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_get_section (sym))
3232 || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_get_section (sym)));
3233 }
3234
3235 static bfd_boolean
3236 elf_map_symbols (bfd *abfd)
3237 {
3238 unsigned int symcount = bfd_get_symcount (abfd);
3239 asymbol **syms = bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd);
3240 asymbol **sect_syms;
3241 unsigned int num_locals = 0;
3242 unsigned int num_globals = 0;
3243 unsigned int num_locals2 = 0;
3244 unsigned int num_globals2 = 0;
3245 int max_index = 0;
3246 unsigned int idx;
3247 asection *asect;
3248 asymbol **new_syms;
3249
3250 #ifdef DEBUG
3251 fprintf (stderr, "elf_map_symbols\n");
3252 fflush (stderr);
3253 #endif
3254
3255 for (asect = abfd->sections; asect; asect = asect->next)
3256 {
3257 if (max_index < asect->index)
3258 max_index = asect->index;
3259 }
3260
3261 max_index++;
3262 sect_syms = bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, max_index, sizeof (asymbol *));
3263 if (sect_syms == NULL)
3264 return FALSE;
3265 elf_section_syms (abfd) = sect_syms;
3266 elf_num_section_syms (abfd) = max_index;
3267
3268 /* Init sect_syms entries for any section symbols we have already
3269 decided to output. */
3270 for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++)
3271 {
3272 asymbol *sym = syms[idx];
3273
3274 if ((sym->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) != 0
3275 && sym->value == 0)
3276 {
3277 asection *sec;
3278
3279 sec = sym->section;
3280
3281 if (sec->owner != NULL)
3282 {
3283 if (sec->owner != abfd)
3284 {
3285 if (sec->output_offset != 0)
3286 continue;
3287
3288 sec = sec->output_section;
3289
3290 /* Empty sections in the input files may have had a
3291 section symbol created for them. (See the comment
3292 near the end of _bfd_generic_link_output_symbols in
3293 linker.c). If the linker script discards such
3294 sections then we will reach this point. Since we know
3295 that we cannot avoid this case, we detect it and skip
3296 the abort and the assignment to the sect_syms array.
3297 To reproduce this particular case try running the
3298 linker testsuite test ld-scripts/weak.exp for an ELF
3299 port that uses the generic linker. */
3300 if (sec->owner == NULL)
3301 continue;
3302
3303 BFD_ASSERT (sec->owner == abfd);
3304 }
3305 sect_syms[sec->index] = syms[idx];
3306 }
3307 }
3308 }
3309
3310 /* Classify all of the symbols. */
3311 for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++)
3312 {
3313 if (!sym_is_global (abfd, syms[idx]))
3314 num_locals++;
3315 else
3316 num_globals++;
3317 }
3318
3319 /* We will be adding a section symbol for each BFD section. Most normal
3320 sections will already have a section symbol in outsymbols, but
3321 eg. SHT_GROUP sections will not, and we need the section symbol mapped
3322 at least in that case. */
3323 for (asect = abfd->sections; asect; asect = asect->next)
3324 {
3325 if (sect_syms[asect->index] == NULL)
3326 {
3327 if (!sym_is_global (abfd, asect->symbol))
3328 num_locals++;
3329 else
3330 num_globals++;
3331 }
3332 }
3333
3334 /* Now sort the symbols so the local symbols are first. */
3335 new_syms = bfd_alloc2 (abfd, num_locals + num_globals, sizeof (asymbol *));
3336
3337 if (new_syms == NULL)
3338 return FALSE;
3339
3340 for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++)
3341 {
3342 asymbol *sym = syms[idx];
3343 unsigned int i;
3344
3345 if (!sym_is_global (abfd, sym))
3346 i = num_locals2++;
3347 else
3348 i = num_locals + num_globals2++;
3349 new_syms[i] = sym;
3350 sym->udata.i = i + 1;
3351 }
3352 for (asect = abfd->sections; asect; asect = asect->next)
3353 {
3354 if (sect_syms[asect->index] == NULL)
3355 {
3356 asymbol *sym = asect->symbol;
3357 unsigned int i;
3358
3359 sect_syms[asect->index] = sym;
3360 if (!sym_is_global (abfd, sym))
3361 i = num_locals2++;
3362 else
3363 i = num_locals + num_globals2++;
3364 new_syms[i] = sym;
3365 sym->udata.i = i + 1;
3366 }
3367 }
3368
3369 bfd_set_symtab (abfd, new_syms, num_locals + num_globals);
3370
3371 elf_num_locals (abfd) = num_locals;
3372 elf_num_globals (abfd) = num_globals;
3373 return TRUE;
3374 }
3375
3376 /* Align to the maximum file alignment that could be required for any
3377 ELF data structure. */
3378
3379 static inline file_ptr
3380 align_file_position (file_ptr off, int align)
3381 {
3382 return (off + align - 1) & ~(align - 1);
3383 }
3384
3385 /* Assign a file position to a section, optionally aligning to the
3386 required section alignment. */
3387
3388 file_ptr
3389 _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (Elf_Internal_Shdr *i_shdrp,
3390 file_ptr offset,
3391 bfd_boolean align)
3392 {
3393 if (align)
3394 {
3395 unsigned int al;
3396
3397 al = i_shdrp->sh_addralign;
3398 if (al > 1)
3399 offset = BFD_ALIGN (offset, al);
3400 }
3401 i_shdrp->sh_offset = offset;
3402 if (i_shdrp->bfd_section != NULL)
3403 i_shdrp->bfd_section->filepos = offset;
3404 if (i_shdrp->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
3405 offset += i_shdrp->sh_size;
3406 return offset;
3407 }
3408
3409 /* Compute the file positions we are going to put the sections at, and
3410 otherwise prepare to begin writing out the ELF file. If LINK_INFO
3411 is not NULL, this is being called by the ELF backend linker. */
3412
3413 bfd_boolean
3414 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (bfd *abfd,
3415 struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
3416 {
3417 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
3418 bfd_boolean failed;
3419 struct bfd_strtab_hash *strtab = NULL;
3420 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shstrtab_hdr;
3421
3422 if (abfd->output_has_begun)
3423 return TRUE;
3424
3425 /* Do any elf backend specific processing first. */
3426 if (bed->elf_backend_begin_write_processing)
3427 (*bed->elf_backend_begin_write_processing) (abfd, link_info);
3428
3429 if (! prep_headers (abfd))
3430 return FALSE;
3431
3432 /* Post process the headers if necessary. */
3433 if (bed->elf_backend_post_process_headers)
3434 (*bed->elf_backend_post_process_headers) (abfd, link_info);
3435
3436 failed = FALSE;
3437 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd, elf_fake_sections, &failed);
3438 if (failed)
3439 return FALSE;
3440
3441 if (!assign_section_numbers (abfd, link_info))
3442 return FALSE;
3443
3444 /* The backend linker builds symbol table information itself. */
3445 if (link_info == NULL && bfd_get_symcount (abfd) > 0)
3446 {
3447 /* Non-zero if doing a relocatable link. */
3448 int relocatable_p = ! (abfd->flags & (EXEC_P | DYNAMIC));
3449
3450 if (! swap_out_syms (abfd, &strtab, relocatable_p))
3451 return FALSE;
3452 }
3453
3454 if (link_info == NULL)
3455 {
3456 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd, bfd_elf_set_group_contents, &failed);
3457 if (failed)
3458 return FALSE;
3459 }
3460
3461 shstrtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr;
3462 /* sh_name was set in prep_headers. */
3463 shstrtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB;
3464 shstrtab_hdr->sh_flags = 0;
3465 shstrtab_hdr->sh_addr = 0;
3466 shstrtab_hdr->sh_size = _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_shstrtab (abfd));
3467 shstrtab_hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
3468 shstrtab_hdr->sh_link = 0;
3469 shstrtab_hdr->sh_info = 0;
3470 /* sh_offset is set in assign_file_positions_except_relocs. */
3471 shstrtab_hdr->sh_addralign = 1;
3472
3473 if (!assign_file_positions_except_relocs (abfd, link_info))
3474 return FALSE;
3475
3476 if (link_info == NULL && bfd_get_symcount (abfd) > 0)
3477 {
3478 file_ptr off;
3479 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
3480
3481 off = elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos;
3482
3483 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
3484 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE);
3485
3486 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_shndx_hdr;
3487 if (hdr->sh_size != 0)
3488 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE);
3489
3490 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr;
3491 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE);
3492
3493 elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos = off;
3494
3495 /* Now that we know where the .strtab section goes, write it
3496 out. */
3497 if (bfd_seek (abfd, hdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
3498 || ! _bfd_stringtab_emit (abfd, strtab))
3499 return FALSE;
3500 _bfd_stringtab_free (strtab);
3501 }
3502
3503 abfd->output_has_begun = TRUE;
3504
3505 return TRUE;
3506 }
3507
3508 /* Create a mapping from a set of sections to a program segment. */
3509
3510 static struct elf_segment_map *
3511 make_mapping (bfd *abfd,
3512 asection **sections,
3513 unsigned int from,
3514 unsigned int to,
3515 bfd_boolean phdr)
3516 {
3517 struct elf_segment_map *m;
3518 unsigned int i;
3519 asection **hdrpp;
3520 bfd_size_type amt;
3521
3522 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
3523 amt += (to - from - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
3524 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
3525 if (m == NULL)
3526 return NULL;
3527 m->next = NULL;
3528 m->p_type = PT_LOAD;
3529 for (i = from, hdrpp = sections + from; i < to; i++, hdrpp++)
3530 m->sections[i - from] = *hdrpp;
3531 m->count = to - from;
3532
3533 if (from == 0 && phdr)
3534 {
3535 /* Include the headers in the first PT_LOAD segment. */
3536 m->includes_filehdr = 1;
3537 m->includes_phdrs = 1;
3538 }
3539
3540 return m;
3541 }
3542
3543 /* Create the PT_DYNAMIC segment, which includes DYNSEC. Returns NULL
3544 on failure. */
3545
3546 struct elf_segment_map *
3547 _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (bfd *abfd, asection *dynsec)
3548 {
3549 struct elf_segment_map *m;
3550
3551 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (struct elf_segment_map));
3552 if (m == NULL)
3553 return NULL;
3554 m->next = NULL;
3555 m->p_type = PT_DYNAMIC;
3556 m->count = 1;
3557 m->sections[0] = dynsec;
3558
3559 return m;
3560 }
3561
3562 /* Set up a mapping from BFD sections to program segments. */
3563
3564 static bfd_boolean
3565 map_sections_to_segments (bfd *abfd)
3566 {
3567 asection **sections = NULL;
3568 asection *s;
3569 unsigned int i;
3570 unsigned int count;
3571 struct elf_segment_map *mfirst;
3572 struct elf_segment_map **pm;
3573 struct elf_segment_map *m;
3574 asection *last_hdr;
3575 bfd_vma last_size;
3576 unsigned int phdr_index;
3577 bfd_vma maxpagesize;
3578 asection **hdrpp;
3579 bfd_boolean phdr_in_segment = TRUE;
3580 bfd_boolean writable;
3581 int tls_count = 0;
3582 asection *first_tls = NULL;
3583 asection *dynsec, *eh_frame_hdr;
3584 bfd_size_type amt;
3585
3586 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map != NULL)
3587 return TRUE;
3588
3589 if (bfd_count_sections (abfd) == 0)
3590 return TRUE;
3591
3592 /* Select the allocated sections, and sort them. */
3593
3594 sections = bfd_malloc2 (bfd_count_sections (abfd), sizeof (asection *));
3595 if (sections == NULL)
3596 goto error_return;
3597
3598 i = 0;
3599 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
3600 {
3601 if ((s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
3602 {
3603 sections[i] = s;
3604 ++i;
3605 }
3606 }
3607 BFD_ASSERT (i <= bfd_count_sections (abfd));
3608 count = i;
3609
3610 qsort (sections, (size_t) count, sizeof (asection *), elf_sort_sections);
3611
3612 /* Build the mapping. */
3613
3614 mfirst = NULL;
3615 pm = &mfirst;
3616
3617 /* If we have a .interp section, then create a PT_PHDR segment for
3618 the program headers and a PT_INTERP segment for the .interp
3619 section. */
3620 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".interp");
3621 if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
3622 {
3623 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
3624 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
3625 if (m == NULL)
3626 goto error_return;
3627 m->next = NULL;
3628 m->p_type = PT_PHDR;
3629 /* FIXME: UnixWare and Solaris set PF_X, Irix 5 does not. */
3630 m->p_flags = PF_R | PF_X;
3631 m->p_flags_valid = 1;
3632 m->includes_phdrs = 1;
3633
3634 *pm = m;
3635 pm = &m->next;
3636
3637 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
3638 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
3639 if (m == NULL)
3640 goto error_return;
3641 m->next = NULL;
3642 m->p_type = PT_INTERP;
3643 m->count = 1;
3644 m->sections[0] = s;
3645
3646 *pm = m;
3647 pm = &m->next;
3648 }
3649
3650 /* Look through the sections. We put sections in the same program
3651 segment when the start of the second section can be placed within
3652 a few bytes of the end of the first section. */
3653 last_hdr = NULL;
3654 last_size = 0;
3655 phdr_index = 0;
3656 maxpagesize = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->maxpagesize;
3657 writable = FALSE;
3658 dynsec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic");
3659 if (dynsec != NULL
3660 && (dynsec->flags & SEC_LOAD) == 0)
3661 dynsec = NULL;
3662
3663 /* Deal with -Ttext or something similar such that the first section
3664 is not adjacent to the program headers. This is an
3665 approximation, since at this point we don't know exactly how many
3666 program headers we will need. */
3667 if (count > 0)
3668 {
3669 bfd_size_type phdr_size;
3670
3671 phdr_size = elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size;
3672 if (phdr_size == 0)
3673 phdr_size = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_phdr;
3674 if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) == 0
3675 || sections[0]->lma < phdr_size
3676 || sections[0]->lma % maxpagesize < phdr_size % maxpagesize)
3677 phdr_in_segment = FALSE;
3678 }
3679
3680 for (i = 0, hdrpp = sections; i < count; i++, hdrpp++)
3681 {
3682 asection *hdr;
3683 bfd_boolean new_segment;
3684
3685 hdr = *hdrpp;
3686
3687 /* See if this section and the last one will fit in the same
3688 segment. */
3689
3690 if (last_hdr == NULL)
3691 {
3692 /* If we don't have a segment yet, then we don't need a new
3693 one (we build the last one after this loop). */
3694 new_segment = FALSE;
3695 }
3696 else if (last_hdr->lma - last_hdr->vma != hdr->lma - hdr->vma)
3697 {
3698 /* If this section has a different relation between the
3699 virtual address and the load address, then we need a new
3700 segment. */
3701 new_segment = TRUE;
3702 }
3703 else if (BFD_ALIGN (last_hdr->lma + last_size, maxpagesize)
3704 < BFD_ALIGN (hdr->lma, maxpagesize))
3705 {
3706 /* If putting this section in this segment would force us to
3707 skip a page in the segment, then we need a new segment. */
3708 new_segment = TRUE;
3709 }
3710 else if ((last_hdr->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) == 0
3711 && (hdr->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) != 0)
3712 {
3713 /* We don't want to put a loadable section after a
3714 nonloadable section in the same segment.
3715 Consider .tbss sections as loadable for this purpose. */
3716 new_segment = TRUE;
3717 }
3718 else if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) == 0)
3719 {
3720 /* If the file is not demand paged, which means that we
3721 don't require the sections to be correctly aligned in the
3722 file, then there is no other reason for a new segment. */
3723 new_segment = FALSE;
3724 }
3725 else if (! writable
3726 && (hdr->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0
3727 && (((last_hdr->lma + last_size - 1)
3728 & ~(maxpagesize - 1))
3729 != (hdr->lma & ~(maxpagesize - 1))))
3730 {
3731 /* We don't want to put a writable section in a read only
3732 segment, unless they are on the same page in memory
3733 anyhow. We already know that the last section does not
3734 bring us past the current section on the page, so the
3735 only case in which the new section is not on the same
3736 page as the previous section is when the previous section
3737 ends precisely on a page boundary. */
3738 new_segment = TRUE;
3739 }
3740 else
3741 {
3742 /* Otherwise, we can use the same segment. */
3743 new_segment = FALSE;
3744 }
3745
3746 if (! new_segment)
3747 {
3748 if ((hdr->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
3749 writable = TRUE;
3750 last_hdr = hdr;
3751 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
3752 if ((hdr->flags & (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL | SEC_LOAD)) != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
3753 last_size = hdr->size;
3754 else
3755 last_size = 0;
3756 continue;
3757 }
3758
3759 /* We need a new program segment. We must create a new program
3760 header holding all the sections from phdr_index until hdr. */
3761
3762 m = make_mapping (abfd, sections, phdr_index, i, phdr_in_segment);
3763 if (m == NULL)
3764 goto error_return;
3765
3766 *pm = m;
3767 pm = &m->next;
3768
3769 if ((hdr->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
3770 writable = TRUE;
3771 else
3772 writable = FALSE;
3773
3774 last_hdr = hdr;
3775 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
3776 if ((hdr->flags & (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL | SEC_LOAD)) != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
3777 last_size = hdr->size;
3778 else
3779 last_size = 0;
3780 phdr_index = i;
3781 phdr_in_segment = FALSE;
3782 }
3783
3784 /* Create a final PT_LOAD program segment. */
3785 if (last_hdr != NULL)
3786 {
3787 m = make_mapping (abfd, sections, phdr_index, i, phdr_in_segment);
3788 if (m == NULL)
3789 goto error_return;
3790
3791 *pm = m;
3792 pm = &m->next;
3793 }
3794
3795 /* If there is a .dynamic section, throw in a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
3796 if (dynsec != NULL)
3797 {
3798 m = _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (abfd, dynsec);
3799 if (m == NULL)
3800 goto error_return;
3801 *pm = m;
3802 pm = &m->next;
3803 }
3804
3805 /* For each loadable .note section, add a PT_NOTE segment. We don't
3806 use bfd_get_section_by_name, because if we link together
3807 nonloadable .note sections and loadable .note sections, we will
3808 generate two .note sections in the output file. FIXME: Using
3809 names for section types is bogus anyhow. */
3810 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
3811 {
3812 if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
3813 && strncmp (s->name, ".note", 5) == 0)
3814 {
3815 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
3816 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
3817 if (m == NULL)
3818 goto error_return;
3819 m->next = NULL;
3820 m->p_type = PT_NOTE;
3821 m->count = 1;
3822 m->sections[0] = s;
3823
3824 *pm = m;
3825 pm = &m->next;
3826 }
3827 if (s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
3828 {
3829 if (! tls_count)
3830 first_tls = s;
3831 tls_count++;
3832 }
3833 }
3834
3835 /* If there are any SHF_TLS output sections, add PT_TLS segment. */
3836 if (tls_count > 0)
3837 {
3838 int i;
3839
3840 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
3841 amt += (tls_count - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
3842 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
3843 if (m == NULL)
3844 goto error_return;
3845 m->next = NULL;
3846 m->p_type = PT_TLS;
3847 m->count = tls_count;
3848 /* Mandated PF_R. */
3849 m->p_flags = PF_R;
3850 m->p_flags_valid = 1;
3851 for (i = 0; i < tls_count; ++i)
3852 {
3853 BFD_ASSERT (first_tls->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL);
3854 m->sections[i] = first_tls;
3855 first_tls = first_tls->next;
3856 }
3857
3858 *pm = m;
3859 pm = &m->next;
3860 }
3861
3862 /* If there is a .eh_frame_hdr section, throw in a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
3863 segment. */
3864 eh_frame_hdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->eh_frame_hdr;
3865 if (eh_frame_hdr != NULL
3866 && (eh_frame_hdr->output_section->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
3867 {
3868 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
3869 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
3870 if (m == NULL)
3871 goto error_return;
3872 m->next = NULL;
3873 m->p_type = PT_GNU_EH_FRAME;
3874 m->count = 1;
3875 m->sections[0] = eh_frame_hdr->output_section;
3876
3877 *pm = m;
3878 pm = &m->next;
3879 }
3880
3881 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->stack_flags)
3882 {
3883 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
3884 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
3885 if (m == NULL)
3886 goto error_return;
3887 m->next = NULL;
3888 m->p_type = PT_GNU_STACK;
3889 m->p_flags = elf_tdata (abfd)->stack_flags;
3890 m->p_flags_valid = 1;
3891
3892 *pm = m;
3893 pm = &m->next;
3894 }
3895
3896 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->relro)
3897 {
3898 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
3899 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
3900 if (m == NULL)
3901 goto error_return;
3902 m->next = NULL;
3903 m->p_type = PT_GNU_RELRO;
3904 m->p_flags = PF_R;
3905 m->p_flags_valid = 1;
3906
3907 *pm = m;
3908 pm = &m->next;
3909 }
3910
3911 free (sections);
3912 sections = NULL;
3913
3914 elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map = mfirst;
3915 return TRUE;
3916
3917 error_return:
3918 if (sections != NULL)
3919 free (sections);
3920 return FALSE;
3921 }
3922
3923 /* Sort sections by address. */
3924
3925 static int
3926 elf_sort_sections (const void *arg1, const void *arg2)
3927 {
3928 const asection *sec1 = *(const asection **) arg1;
3929 const asection *sec2 = *(const asection **) arg2;
3930 bfd_size_type size1, size2;
3931
3932 /* Sort by LMA first, since this is the address used to
3933 place the section into a segment. */
3934 if (sec1->lma < sec2->lma)
3935 return -1;
3936 else if (sec1->lma > sec2->lma)
3937 return 1;
3938
3939 /* Then sort by VMA. Normally the LMA and the VMA will be
3940 the same, and this will do nothing. */
3941 if (sec1->vma < sec2->vma)
3942 return -1;
3943 else if (sec1->vma > sec2->vma)
3944 return 1;
3945
3946 /* Put !SEC_LOAD sections after SEC_LOAD ones. */
3947
3948 #define TOEND(x) (((x)->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) == 0)
3949
3950 if (TOEND (sec1))
3951 {
3952 if (TOEND (sec2))
3953 {
3954 /* If the indicies are the same, do not return 0
3955 here, but continue to try the next comparison. */
3956 if (sec1->target_index - sec2->target_index != 0)
3957 return sec1->target_index - sec2->target_index;
3958 }
3959 else
3960 return 1;
3961 }
3962 else if (TOEND (sec2))
3963 return -1;
3964
3965 #undef TOEND
3966
3967 /* Sort by size, to put zero sized sections
3968 before others at the same address. */
3969
3970 size1 = (sec1->flags & SEC_LOAD) ? sec1->size : 0;
3971 size2 = (sec2->flags & SEC_LOAD) ? sec2->size : 0;
3972
3973 if (size1 < size2)
3974 return -1;
3975 if (size1 > size2)
3976 return 1;
3977
3978 return sec1->target_index - sec2->target_index;
3979 }
3980
3981 /* Ian Lance Taylor writes:
3982
3983 We shouldn't be using % with a negative signed number. That's just
3984 not good. We have to make sure either that the number is not
3985 negative, or that the number has an unsigned type. When the types
3986 are all the same size they wind up as unsigned. When file_ptr is a
3987 larger signed type, the arithmetic winds up as signed long long,
3988 which is wrong.
3989
3990 What we're trying to say here is something like ``increase OFF by
3991 the least amount that will cause it to be equal to the VMA modulo
3992 the page size.'' */
3993 /* In other words, something like:
3994
3995 vma_offset = m->sections[0]->vma % bed->maxpagesize;
3996 off_offset = off % bed->maxpagesize;
3997 if (vma_offset < off_offset)
3998 adjustment = vma_offset + bed->maxpagesize - off_offset;
3999 else
4000 adjustment = vma_offset - off_offset;
4001
4002 which can can be collapsed into the expression below. */
4003
4004 static file_ptr
4005 vma_page_aligned_bias (bfd_vma vma, ufile_ptr off, bfd_vma maxpagesize)
4006 {
4007 return ((vma - off) % maxpagesize);
4008 }
4009
4010 /* Assign file positions to the sections based on the mapping from
4011 sections to segments. This function also sets up some fields in
4012 the file header, and writes out the program headers. */
4013
4014 static bfd_boolean
4015 assign_file_positions_for_segments (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
4016 {
4017 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
4018 unsigned int count;
4019 struct elf_segment_map *m;
4020 unsigned int alloc;
4021 Elf_Internal_Phdr *phdrs;
4022 file_ptr off, voff;
4023 bfd_vma filehdr_vaddr, filehdr_paddr;
4024 bfd_vma phdrs_vaddr, phdrs_paddr;
4025 Elf_Internal_Phdr *p;
4026
4027 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map == NULL)
4028 {
4029 if (! map_sections_to_segments (abfd))
4030 return FALSE;
4031 }
4032 else
4033 {
4034 /* The placement algorithm assumes that non allocated sections are
4035 not in PT_LOAD segments. We ensure this here by removing such
4036 sections from the segment map. We also remove excluded
4037 sections. */
4038 for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map;
4039 m != NULL;
4040 m = m->next)
4041 {
4042 unsigned int new_count;
4043 unsigned int i;
4044
4045 new_count = 0;
4046 for (i = 0; i < m->count; i ++)
4047 {
4048 if ((m->sections[i]->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0
4049 && ((m->sections[i]->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
4050 || m->p_type != PT_LOAD))
4051 {
4052 if (i != new_count)
4053 m->sections[new_count] = m->sections[i];
4054
4055 new_count ++;
4056 }
4057 }
4058
4059 if (new_count != m->count)
4060 m->count = new_count;
4061 }
4062 }
4063
4064 if (bed->elf_backend_modify_segment_map)
4065 {
4066 if (! (*bed->elf_backend_modify_segment_map) (abfd, link_info))
4067 return FALSE;
4068 }
4069
4070 count = 0;
4071 for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; m != NULL; m = m->next)
4072 ++count;
4073
4074 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phoff = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4075 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phentsize = bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
4076 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum = count;
4077
4078 if (count == 0)
4079 {
4080 elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4081 return TRUE;
4082 }
4083
4084 /* If we already counted the number of program segments, make sure
4085 that we allocated enough space. This happens when SIZEOF_HEADERS
4086 is used in a linker script. */
4087 alloc = elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size / bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
4088 if (alloc != 0 && count > alloc)
4089 {
4090 ((*_bfd_error_handler)
4091 (_("%B: Not enough room for program headers (allocated %u, need %u)"),
4092 abfd, alloc, count));
4093 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4094 return FALSE;
4095 }
4096
4097 if (alloc == 0)
4098 alloc = count;
4099
4100 phdrs = bfd_alloc2 (abfd, alloc, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr));
4101 if (phdrs == NULL)
4102 return FALSE;
4103
4104 off = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4105 off += alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
4106
4107 filehdr_vaddr = 0;
4108 filehdr_paddr = 0;
4109 phdrs_vaddr = 0;
4110 phdrs_paddr = 0;
4111
4112 for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map, p = phdrs;
4113 m != NULL;
4114 m = m->next, p++)
4115 {
4116 unsigned int i;
4117 asection **secpp;
4118
4119 /* If elf_segment_map is not from map_sections_to_segments, the
4120 sections may not be correctly ordered. NOTE: sorting should
4121 not be done to the PT_NOTE section of a corefile, which may
4122 contain several pseudo-sections artificially created by bfd.
4123 Sorting these pseudo-sections breaks things badly. */
4124 if (m->count > 1
4125 && !(elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_type == ET_CORE
4126 && m->p_type == PT_NOTE))
4127 qsort (m->sections, (size_t) m->count, sizeof (asection *),
4128 elf_sort_sections);
4129
4130 /* An ELF segment (described by Elf_Internal_Phdr) may contain a
4131 number of sections with contents contributing to both p_filesz
4132 and p_memsz, followed by a number of sections with no contents
4133 that just contribute to p_memsz. In this loop, OFF tracks next
4134 available file offset for PT_LOAD and PT_NOTE segments. VOFF is
4135 an adjustment we use for segments that have no file contents
4136 but need zero filled memory allocation. */
4137 voff = 0;
4138 p->p_type = m->p_type;
4139 p->p_flags = m->p_flags;
4140
4141 if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD
4142 && m->count > 0)
4143 {
4144 bfd_size_type align;
4145 bfd_vma adjust;
4146 unsigned int align_power = 0;
4147
4148 for (i = 0, secpp = m->sections; i < m->count; i++, secpp++)
4149 {
4150 unsigned int secalign;
4151
4152 secalign = bfd_get_section_alignment (abfd, *secpp);
4153 if (secalign > align_power)
4154 align_power = secalign;
4155 }
4156 align = (bfd_size_type) 1 << align_power;
4157
4158 if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0 && bed->maxpagesize > align)
4159 align = bed->maxpagesize;
4160
4161 adjust = vma_page_aligned_bias (m->sections[0]->vma, off, align);
4162 off += adjust;
4163 if (adjust != 0
4164 && !m->includes_filehdr
4165 && !m->includes_phdrs
4166 && (ufile_ptr) off >= align)
4167 {
4168 /* If the first section isn't loadable, the same holds for
4169 any other sections. Since the segment won't need file
4170 space, we can make p_offset overlap some prior segment.
4171 However, .tbss is special. If a segment starts with
4172 .tbss, we need to look at the next section to decide
4173 whether the segment has any loadable sections. */
4174 i = 0;
4175 while ((m->sections[i]->flags & SEC_LOAD) == 0)
4176 {
4177 if ((m->sections[i]->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0
4178 || ++i >= m->count)
4179 {
4180 off -= adjust;
4181 voff = adjust - align;
4182 break;
4183 }
4184 }
4185 }
4186 }
4187 /* Make sure the .dynamic section is the first section in the
4188 PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
4189 else if (p->p_type == PT_DYNAMIC
4190 && m->count > 1
4191 && strcmp (m->sections[0]->name, ".dynamic") != 0)
4192 {
4193 _bfd_error_handler
4194 (_("%B: The first section in the PT_DYNAMIC segment is not the .dynamic section"),
4195 abfd);
4196 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4197 return FALSE;
4198 }
4199
4200 if (m->count == 0)
4201 p->p_vaddr = 0;
4202 else
4203 p->p_vaddr = m->sections[0]->vma;
4204
4205 if (m->p_paddr_valid)
4206 p->p_paddr = m->p_paddr;
4207 else if (m->count == 0)
4208 p->p_paddr = 0;
4209 else
4210 p->p_paddr = m->sections[0]->lma;
4211
4212 if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD
4213 && (abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0)
4214 p->p_align = bed->maxpagesize;
4215 else if (m->count == 0)
4216 p->p_align = 1 << bed->s->log_file_align;
4217 else
4218 p->p_align = 0;
4219
4220 p->p_offset = 0;
4221 p->p_filesz = 0;
4222 p->p_memsz = 0;
4223
4224 if (m->includes_filehdr)
4225 {
4226 if (! m->p_flags_valid)
4227 p->p_flags |= PF_R;
4228 p->p_offset = 0;
4229 p->p_filesz = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4230 p->p_memsz = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4231 if (m->count > 0)
4232 {
4233 BFD_ASSERT (p->p_type == PT_LOAD);
4234
4235 if (p->p_vaddr < (bfd_vma) off)
4236 {
4237 (*_bfd_error_handler)
4238 (_("%B: Not enough room for program headers, try linking with -N"),
4239 abfd);
4240 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4241 return FALSE;
4242 }
4243
4244 p->p_vaddr -= off;
4245 if (! m->p_paddr_valid)
4246 p->p_paddr -= off;
4247 }
4248 if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD)
4249 {
4250 filehdr_vaddr = p->p_vaddr;
4251 filehdr_paddr = p->p_paddr;
4252 }
4253 }
4254
4255 if (m->includes_phdrs)
4256 {
4257 if (! m->p_flags_valid)
4258 p->p_flags |= PF_R;
4259
4260 if (m->includes_filehdr)
4261 {
4262 if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD)
4263 {
4264 phdrs_vaddr = p->p_vaddr + bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4265 phdrs_paddr = p->p_paddr + bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4266 }
4267 }
4268 else
4269 {
4270 p->p_offset = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4271
4272 if (m->count > 0)
4273 {
4274 BFD_ASSERT (p->p_type == PT_LOAD);
4275 p->p_vaddr -= off - p->p_offset;
4276 if (! m->p_paddr_valid)
4277 p->p_paddr -= off - p->p_offset;
4278 }
4279
4280 if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD)
4281 {
4282 phdrs_vaddr = p->p_vaddr;
4283 phdrs_paddr = p->p_paddr;
4284 }
4285 else
4286 phdrs_vaddr = bed->maxpagesize + bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4287 }
4288
4289 p->p_filesz += alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
4290 p->p_memsz += alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
4291 }
4292
4293 if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD
4294 || (p->p_type == PT_NOTE && bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_core))
4295 {
4296 if (! m->includes_filehdr && ! m->includes_phdrs)
4297 p->p_offset = off + voff;
4298 else
4299 {
4300 file_ptr adjust;
4301
4302 adjust = off - (p->p_offset + p->p_filesz);
4303 p->p_filesz += adjust;
4304 p->p_memsz += adjust;
4305 }
4306 }
4307
4308 for (i = 0, secpp = m->sections; i < m->count; i++, secpp++)
4309 {
4310 asection *sec;
4311 flagword flags;
4312 bfd_size_type align;
4313
4314 sec = *secpp;
4315 flags = sec->flags;
4316 align = 1 << bfd_get_section_alignment (abfd, sec);
4317
4318 if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD
4319 || p->p_type == PT_TLS)
4320 {
4321 bfd_signed_vma adjust;
4322
4323 if ((flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
4324 {
4325 adjust = sec->lma - (p->p_paddr + p->p_filesz);
4326 if (adjust < 0)
4327 {
4328 (*_bfd_error_handler)
4329 (_("%B: section %A lma 0x%lx overlaps previous sections"),
4330 abfd, sec, (unsigned long) sec->lma);
4331 adjust = 0;
4332 }
4333 off += adjust;
4334 p->p_filesz += adjust;
4335 p->p_memsz += adjust;
4336 }
4337 /* .tbss is special. It doesn't contribute to p_memsz of
4338 normal segments. */
4339 else if ((flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0
4340 || p->p_type == PT_TLS)
4341 {
4342 /* The section VMA must equal the file position
4343 modulo the page size. */
4344 bfd_size_type page = align;
4345 if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0 && bed->maxpagesize > page)
4346 page = bed->maxpagesize;
4347 adjust = vma_page_aligned_bias (sec->vma,
4348 p->p_vaddr + p->p_memsz,
4349 page);
4350 p->p_memsz += adjust;
4351 }
4352 }
4353
4354 if (p->p_type == PT_NOTE && bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_core)
4355 {
4356 /* The section at i == 0 is the one that actually contains
4357 everything. */
4358 if (i == 0)
4359 {
4360 sec->filepos = off;
4361 off += sec->size;
4362 p->p_filesz = sec->size;
4363 p->p_memsz = 0;
4364 p->p_align = 1;
4365 }
4366 else
4367 {
4368 /* The rest are fake sections that shouldn't be written. */
4369 sec->filepos = 0;
4370 sec->size = 0;
4371 sec->flags = 0;
4372 continue;
4373 }
4374 }
4375 else
4376 {
4377 if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD)
4378 {
4379 sec->filepos = off;
4380 /* FIXME: The SEC_HAS_CONTENTS test here dates back to
4381 1997, and the exact reason for it isn't clear. One
4382 plausible explanation is that it is to work around
4383 a problem we have with linker scripts using data
4384 statements in NOLOAD sections. I don't think it
4385 makes a great deal of sense to have such a section
4386 assigned to a PT_LOAD segment, but apparently
4387 people do this. The data statement results in a
4388 bfd_data_link_order being built, and these need
4389 section contents to write into. Eventually, we get
4390 to _bfd_elf_write_object_contents which writes any
4391 section with contents to the output. Make room
4392 here for the write, so that following segments are
4393 not trashed. */
4394 if ((flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
4395 || (flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0)
4396 off += sec->size;
4397 }
4398
4399 if ((flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
4400 {
4401 p->p_filesz += sec->size;
4402 p->p_memsz += sec->size;
4403 }
4404 /* PR ld/594: Sections in note segments which are not loaded
4405 contribute to the file size but not the in-memory size. */
4406 else if (p->p_type == PT_NOTE
4407 && (flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0)
4408 p->p_filesz += sec->size;
4409
4410 /* .tbss is special. It doesn't contribute to p_memsz of
4411 normal segments. */
4412 else if ((flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0
4413 || p->p_type == PT_TLS)
4414 p->p_memsz += sec->size;
4415
4416 if (p->p_type == PT_TLS
4417 && sec->size == 0
4418 && (sec->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0)
4419 {
4420 struct bfd_link_order *o;
4421 bfd_vma tbss_size = 0;
4422
4423 for (o = sec->map_head.link_order; o != NULL; o = o->next)
4424 if (tbss_size < o->offset + o->size)
4425 tbss_size = o->offset + o->size;
4426
4427 p->p_memsz += tbss_size;
4428 }
4429
4430 if (align > p->p_align
4431 && (p->p_type != PT_LOAD || (abfd->flags & D_PAGED) == 0))
4432 p->p_align = align;
4433 }
4434
4435 if (! m->p_flags_valid)
4436 {
4437 p->p_flags |= PF_R;
4438 if ((flags & SEC_CODE) != 0)
4439 p->p_flags |= PF_X;
4440 if ((flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
4441 p->p_flags |= PF_W;
4442 }
4443 }
4444 }
4445
4446 /* Now that we have set the section file positions, we can set up
4447 the file positions for the non PT_LOAD segments. */
4448 for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map, p = phdrs;
4449 m != NULL;
4450 m = m->next, p++)
4451 {
4452 if (p->p_type != PT_LOAD && m->count > 0)
4453 {
4454 BFD_ASSERT (! m->includes_filehdr && ! m->includes_phdrs);
4455 /* If the section has not yet been assigned a file position,
4456 do so now. The ARM BPABI requires that .dynamic section
4457 not be marked SEC_ALLOC because it is not part of any
4458 PT_LOAD segment, so it will not be processed above. */
4459 if (p->p_type == PT_DYNAMIC && m->sections[0]->filepos == 0)
4460 {
4461 unsigned int i;
4462 Elf_Internal_Shdr ** const i_shdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
4463
4464 i = 1;
4465 while (i_shdrpp[i]->bfd_section != m->sections[0])
4466 ++i;
4467 off = (_bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section
4468 (i_shdrpp[i], off, TRUE));
4469 p->p_filesz = m->sections[0]->size;
4470 }
4471 p->p_offset = m->sections[0]->filepos;
4472 }
4473 if (m->count == 0)
4474 {
4475 if (m->includes_filehdr)
4476 {
4477 p->p_vaddr = filehdr_vaddr;
4478 if (! m->p_paddr_valid)
4479 p->p_paddr = filehdr_paddr;
4480 }
4481 else if (m->includes_phdrs)
4482 {
4483 p->p_vaddr = phdrs_vaddr;
4484 if (! m->p_paddr_valid)
4485 p->p_paddr = phdrs_paddr;
4486 }
4487 else if (p->p_type == PT_GNU_RELRO)
4488 {
4489 Elf_Internal_Phdr *lp;
4490
4491 for (lp = phdrs; lp < phdrs + count; ++lp)
4492 {
4493 if (lp->p_type == PT_LOAD
4494 && lp->p_vaddr <= link_info->relro_end
4495 && lp->p_vaddr >= link_info->relro_start
4496 && lp->p_vaddr + lp->p_filesz
4497 >= link_info->relro_end)
4498 break;
4499 }
4500
4501 if (lp < phdrs + count
4502 && link_info->relro_end > lp->p_vaddr)
4503 {
4504 p->p_vaddr = lp->p_vaddr;
4505 p->p_paddr = lp->p_paddr;
4506 p->p_offset = lp->p_offset;
4507 p->p_filesz = link_info->relro_end - lp->p_vaddr;
4508 p->p_memsz = p->p_filesz;
4509 p->p_align = 1;
4510 p->p_flags = (lp->p_flags & ~PF_W);
4511 }
4512 else
4513 {
4514 memset (p, 0, sizeof *p);
4515 p->p_type = PT_NULL;
4516 }
4517 }
4518 }
4519 }
4520
4521 /* Clear out any program headers we allocated but did not use. */
4522 for (; count < alloc; count++, p++)
4523 {
4524 memset (p, 0, sizeof *p);
4525 p->p_type = PT_NULL;
4526 }
4527
4528 elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr = phdrs;
4529
4530 elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos = off;
4531
4532 /* Write out the program headers. */
4533 if (bfd_seek (abfd, (bfd_signed_vma) bed->s->sizeof_ehdr, SEEK_SET) != 0
4534 || bed->s->write_out_phdrs (abfd, phdrs, alloc) != 0)
4535 return FALSE;
4536
4537 return TRUE;
4538 }
4539
4540 /* Get the size of the program header.
4541
4542 If this is called by the linker before any of the section VMA's are set, it
4543 can't calculate the correct value for a strange memory layout. This only
4544 happens when SIZEOF_HEADERS is used in a linker script. In this case,
4545 SORTED_HDRS is NULL and we assume the normal scenario of one text and one
4546 data segment (exclusive of .interp and .dynamic).
4547
4548 ??? User written scripts must either not use SIZEOF_HEADERS, or assume there
4549 will be two segments. */
4550
4551 static bfd_size_type
4552 get_program_header_size (bfd *abfd)
4553 {
4554 size_t segs;
4555 asection *s;
4556 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
4557
4558 /* We can't return a different result each time we're called. */
4559 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size != 0)
4560 return elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size;
4561
4562 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map != NULL)
4563 {
4564 struct elf_segment_map *m;
4565
4566 segs = 0;
4567 for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; m != NULL; m = m->next)
4568 ++segs;
4569 elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size = segs * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
4570 return elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size;
4571 }
4572
4573 /* Assume we will need exactly two PT_LOAD segments: one for text
4574 and one for data. */
4575 segs = 2;
4576
4577 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".interp");
4578 if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
4579 {
4580 /* If we have a loadable interpreter section, we need a
4581 PT_INTERP segment. In this case, assume we also need a
4582 PT_PHDR segment, although that may not be true for all
4583 targets. */
4584 segs += 2;
4585 }
4586
4587 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic") != NULL)
4588 {
4589 /* We need a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
4590 ++segs;
4591 }
4592
4593 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->eh_frame_hdr)
4594 {
4595 /* We need a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME segment. */
4596 ++segs;
4597 }
4598
4599 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->stack_flags)
4600 {
4601 /* We need a PT_GNU_STACK segment. */
4602 ++segs;
4603 }
4604
4605 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->relro)
4606 {
4607 /* We need a PT_GNU_RELRO segment. */
4608 ++segs;
4609 }
4610
4611 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
4612 {
4613 if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
4614 && strncmp (s->name, ".note", 5) == 0)
4615 {
4616 /* We need a PT_NOTE segment. */
4617 ++segs;
4618 }
4619 }
4620
4621 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
4622 {
4623 if (s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
4624 {
4625 /* We need a PT_TLS segment. */
4626 ++segs;
4627 break;
4628 }
4629 }
4630
4631 /* Let the backend count up any program headers it might need. */
4632 if (bed->elf_backend_additional_program_headers)
4633 {
4634 int a;
4635
4636 a = (*bed->elf_backend_additional_program_headers) (abfd);
4637 if (a == -1)
4638 abort ();
4639 segs += a;
4640 }
4641
4642 elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size = segs * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
4643 return elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size;
4644 }
4645
4646 /* Work out the file positions of all the sections. This is called by
4647 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions. All the section sizes and
4648 VMAs must be known before this is called.
4649
4650 Reloc sections come in two flavours: Those processed specially as
4651 "side-channel" data attached to a section to which they apply, and
4652 those that bfd doesn't process as relocations. The latter sort are
4653 stored in a normal bfd section by bfd_section_from_shdr. We don't
4654 consider the former sort here, unless they form part of the loadable
4655 image. Reloc sections not assigned here will be handled later by
4656 assign_file_positions_for_relocs.
4657
4658 We also don't set the positions of the .symtab and .strtab here. */
4659
4660 static bfd_boolean
4661 assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd *abfd,
4662 struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
4663 {
4664 struct elf_obj_tdata * const tdata = elf_tdata (abfd);
4665 Elf_Internal_Ehdr * const i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
4666 Elf_Internal_Shdr ** const i_shdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
4667 unsigned int num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
4668 file_ptr off;
4669 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
4670
4671 if ((abfd->flags & (EXEC_P | DYNAMIC)) == 0
4672 && bfd_get_format (abfd) != bfd_core)
4673 {
4674 Elf_Internal_Shdr **hdrpp;
4675 unsigned int i;
4676
4677 /* Start after the ELF header. */
4678 off = i_ehdrp->e_ehsize;
4679
4680 /* We are not creating an executable, which means that we are
4681 not creating a program header, and that the actual order of
4682 the sections in the file is unimportant. */
4683 for (i = 1, hdrpp = i_shdrpp + 1; i < num_sec; i++, hdrpp++)
4684 {
4685 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
4686
4687 hdr = *hdrpp;
4688 if (((hdr->sh_type == SHT_REL || hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA)
4689 && hdr->bfd_section == NULL)
4690 || i == tdata->symtab_section
4691 || i == tdata->symtab_shndx_section
4692 || i == tdata->strtab_section)
4693 {
4694 hdr->sh_offset = -1;
4695 }
4696 else
4697 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE);
4698
4699 if (i == SHN_LORESERVE - 1)
4700 {
4701 i += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
4702 hdrpp += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
4703 }
4704 }
4705 }
4706 else
4707 {
4708 unsigned int i;
4709 Elf_Internal_Shdr **hdrpp;
4710
4711 /* Assign file positions for the loaded sections based on the
4712 assignment of sections to segments. */
4713 if (! assign_file_positions_for_segments (abfd, link_info))
4714 return FALSE;
4715
4716 /* Assign file positions for the other sections. */
4717
4718 off = elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos;
4719 for (i = 1, hdrpp = i_shdrpp + 1; i < num_sec; i++, hdrpp++)
4720 {
4721 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
4722
4723 hdr = *hdrpp;
4724 if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL
4725 && hdr->bfd_section->filepos != 0)
4726 hdr->sh_offset = hdr->bfd_section->filepos;
4727 else if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0)
4728 {
4729 ((*_bfd_error_handler)
4730 (_("%B: warning: allocated section `%s' not in segment"),
4731 abfd,
4732 (hdr->bfd_section == NULL
4733 ? "*unknown*"
4734 : hdr->bfd_section->name)));
4735 if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0)
4736 off += vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr->sh_addr, off,
4737 bed->maxpagesize);
4738 else
4739 off += vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr->sh_addr, off,
4740 hdr->sh_addralign);
4741 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off,
4742 FALSE);
4743 }
4744 else if (((hdr->sh_type == SHT_REL || hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA)
4745 && hdr->bfd_section == NULL)
4746 || hdr == i_shdrpp[tdata->symtab_section]
4747 || hdr == i_shdrpp[tdata->symtab_shndx_section]
4748 || hdr == i_shdrpp[tdata->strtab_section])
4749 hdr->sh_offset = -1;
4750 else
4751 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE);
4752
4753 if (i == SHN_LORESERVE - 1)
4754 {
4755 i += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
4756 hdrpp += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
4757 }
4758 }
4759 }
4760
4761 /* Place the section headers. */
4762 off = align_file_position (off, 1 << bed->s->log_file_align);
4763 i_ehdrp->e_shoff = off;
4764 off += i_ehdrp->e_shnum * i_ehdrp->e_shentsize;
4765
4766 elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos = off;
4767
4768 return TRUE;
4769 }
4770
4771 static bfd_boolean
4772 prep_headers (bfd *abfd)
4773 {
4774 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp; /* Elf file header, internal form */
4775 Elf_Internal_Phdr *i_phdrp = 0; /* Program header table, internal form */
4776 Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp; /* Section header table, internal form */
4777 struct elf_strtab_hash *shstrtab;
4778 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
4779
4780 i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
4781 i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
4782
4783 shstrtab = _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
4784 if (shstrtab == NULL)
4785 return FALSE;
4786
4787 elf_shstrtab (abfd) = shstrtab;
4788
4789 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG0] = ELFMAG0;
4790 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG1] = ELFMAG1;
4791 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG2] = ELFMAG2;
4792 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG3] = ELFMAG3;
4793
4794 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_CLASS] = bed->s->elfclass;
4795 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_DATA] =
4796 bfd_big_endian (abfd) ? ELFDATA2MSB : ELFDATA2LSB;
4797 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_VERSION] = bed->s->ev_current;
4798
4799 if ((abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0)
4800 i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_DYN;
4801 else if ((abfd->flags & EXEC_P) != 0)
4802 i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_EXEC;
4803 else if (bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_core)
4804 i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_CORE;
4805 else
4806 i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_REL;
4807
4808 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd))
4809 {
4810 case bfd_arch_unknown:
4811 i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_NONE;
4812 break;
4813
4814 /* There used to be a long list of cases here, each one setting
4815 e_machine to the same EM_* macro #defined as ELF_MACHINE_CODE
4816 in the corresponding bfd definition. To avoid duplication,
4817 the switch was removed. Machines that need special handling
4818 can generally do it in elf_backend_final_write_processing(),
4819 unless they need the information earlier than the final write.
4820 Such need can generally be supplied by replacing the tests for
4821 e_machine with the conditions used to determine it. */
4822 default:
4823 i_ehdrp->e_machine = bed->elf_machine_code;
4824 }
4825
4826 i_ehdrp->e_version = bed->s->ev_current;
4827 i_ehdrp->e_ehsize = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4828
4829 /* No program header, for now. */
4830 i_ehdrp->e_phoff = 0;
4831 i_ehdrp->e_phentsize = 0;
4832 i_ehdrp->e_phnum = 0;
4833
4834 /* Each bfd section is section header entry. */
4835 i_ehdrp->e_entry = bfd_get_start_address (abfd);
4836 i_ehdrp->e_shentsize = bed->s->sizeof_shdr;
4837
4838 /* If we're building an executable, we'll need a program header table. */
4839 if (abfd->flags & EXEC_P)
4840 /* It all happens later. */
4841 ;
4842 else
4843 {
4844 i_ehdrp->e_phentsize = 0;
4845 i_phdrp = 0;
4846 i_ehdrp->e_phoff = 0;
4847 }
4848
4849 elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr.sh_name =
4850 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab, ".symtab", FALSE);
4851 elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr.sh_name =
4852 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab, ".strtab", FALSE);
4853 elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr.sh_name =
4854 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab, ".shstrtab", FALSE);
4855 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1
4856 || elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1
4857 || elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1)
4858 return FALSE;
4859
4860 return TRUE;
4861 }
4862
4863 /* Assign file positions for all the reloc sections which are not part
4864 of the loadable file image. */
4865
4866 void
4867 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_relocs (bfd *abfd)
4868 {
4869 file_ptr off;
4870 unsigned int i, num_sec;
4871 Elf_Internal_Shdr **shdrpp;
4872
4873 off = elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos;
4874
4875 num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
4876 for (i = 1, shdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd) + 1; i < num_sec; i++, shdrpp++)
4877 {
4878 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdrp;
4879
4880 shdrp = *shdrpp;
4881 if ((shdrp->sh_type == SHT_REL || shdrp->sh_type == SHT_RELA)
4882 && shdrp->sh_offset == -1)
4883 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (shdrp, off, TRUE);
4884 }
4885
4886 elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos = off;
4887 }
4888
4889 bfd_boolean
4890 _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (bfd *abfd)
4891 {
4892 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
4893 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp;
4894 Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp;
4895 bfd_boolean failed;
4896 unsigned int count, num_sec;
4897
4898 if (! abfd->output_has_begun
4899 && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd, NULL))
4900 return FALSE;
4901
4902 i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
4903 i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
4904
4905 failed = FALSE;
4906 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd, bed->s->write_relocs, &failed);
4907 if (failed)
4908 return FALSE;
4909
4910 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_relocs (abfd);
4911
4912 /* After writing the headers, we need to write the sections too... */
4913 num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
4914 for (count = 1; count < num_sec; count++)
4915 {
4916 if (bed->elf_backend_section_processing)
4917 (*bed->elf_backend_section_processing) (abfd, i_shdrp[count]);
4918 if (i_shdrp[count]->contents)
4919 {
4920 bfd_size_type amt = i_shdrp[count]->sh_size;
4921
4922 if (bfd_seek (abfd, i_shdrp[count]->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
4923 || bfd_bwrite (i_shdrp[count]->contents, amt, abfd) != amt)
4924 return FALSE;
4925 }
4926 if (count == SHN_LORESERVE - 1)
4927 count += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
4928 }
4929
4930 /* Write out the section header names. */
4931 if (elf_shstrtab (abfd) != NULL
4932 && (bfd_seek (abfd, elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr.sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
4933 || ! _bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd, elf_shstrtab (abfd))))
4934 return FALSE;
4935
4936 if (bed->elf_backend_final_write_processing)
4937 (*bed->elf_backend_final_write_processing) (abfd,
4938 elf_tdata (abfd)->linker);
4939
4940 return bed->s->write_shdrs_and_ehdr (abfd);
4941 }
4942
4943 bfd_boolean
4944 _bfd_elf_write_corefile_contents (bfd *abfd)
4945 {
4946 /* Hopefully this can be done just like an object file. */
4947 return _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (abfd);
4948 }
4949
4950 /* Given a section, search the header to find them. */
4951
4952 int
4953 _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_section *asect)
4954 {
4955 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
4956 int index;
4957
4958 if (elf_section_data (asect) != NULL
4959 && elf_section_data (asect)->this_idx != 0)
4960 return elf_section_data (asect)->this_idx;
4961
4962 if (bfd_is_abs_section (asect))
4963 index = SHN_ABS;
4964 else if (bfd_is_com_section (asect))
4965 index = SHN_COMMON;
4966 else if (bfd_is_und_section (asect))
4967 index = SHN_UNDEF;
4968 else
4969 index = -1;
4970
4971 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
4972 if (bed->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section)
4973 {
4974 int retval = index;
4975
4976 if ((*bed->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section) (abfd, asect, &retval))
4977 return retval;
4978 }
4979
4980 if (index == -1)
4981 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section);
4982
4983 return index;
4984 }
4985
4986 /* Given a BFD symbol, return the index in the ELF symbol table, or -1
4987 on error. */
4988
4989 int
4990 _bfd_elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol (bfd *abfd, asymbol **asym_ptr_ptr)
4991 {
4992 asymbol *asym_ptr = *asym_ptr_ptr;
4993 int idx;
4994 flagword flags = asym_ptr->flags;
4995
4996 /* When gas creates relocations against local labels, it creates its
4997 own symbol for the section, but does put the symbol into the
4998 symbol chain, so udata is 0. When the linker is generating
4999 relocatable output, this section symbol may be for one of the
5000 input sections rather than the output section. */
5001 if (asym_ptr->udata.i == 0
5002 && (flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM)
5003 && asym_ptr->section)
5004 {
5005 int indx;
5006
5007 if (asym_ptr->section->output_section != NULL)
5008 indx = asym_ptr->section->output_section->index;
5009 else
5010 indx = asym_ptr->section->index;
5011 if (indx < elf_num_section_syms (abfd)
5012 && elf_section_syms (abfd)[indx] != NULL)
5013 asym_ptr->udata.i = elf_section_syms (abfd)[indx]->udata.i;
5014 }
5015
5016 idx = asym_ptr->udata.i;
5017
5018 if (idx == 0)
5019 {
5020 /* This case can occur when using --strip-symbol on a symbol
5021 which is used in a relocation entry. */
5022 (*_bfd_error_handler)
5023 (_("%B: symbol `%s' required but not present"),
5024 abfd, bfd_asymbol_name (asym_ptr));
5025 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_symbols);
5026 return -1;
5027 }
5028
5029 #if DEBUG & 4
5030 {
5031 fprintf (stderr,
5032 "elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol 0x%.8lx, name = %s, sym num = %d, flags = 0x%.8lx%s\n",
5033 (long) asym_ptr, asym_ptr->name, idx, flags,
5034 elf_symbol_flags (flags));
5035 fflush (stderr);
5036 }
5037 #endif
5038
5039 return idx;
5040 }
5041
5042 /* Copy private BFD data. This copies any program header information. */
5043
5044 static bfd_boolean
5045 copy_private_bfd_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
5046 {
5047 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *iehdr;
5048 struct elf_segment_map *map;
5049 struct elf_segment_map *map_first;
5050 struct elf_segment_map **pointer_to_map;
5051 Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment;
5052 asection *section;
5053 unsigned int i;
5054 unsigned int num_segments;
5055 bfd_boolean phdr_included = FALSE;
5056 bfd_vma maxpagesize;
5057 struct elf_segment_map *phdr_adjust_seg = NULL;
5058 unsigned int phdr_adjust_num = 0;
5059 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
5060
5061 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
5062 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
5063 return TRUE;
5064
5065 if (elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr == NULL)
5066 return TRUE;
5067
5068 bed = get_elf_backend_data (ibfd);
5069 iehdr = elf_elfheader (ibfd);
5070
5071 map_first = NULL;
5072 pointer_to_map = &map_first;
5073
5074 num_segments = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_phnum;
5075 maxpagesize = get_elf_backend_data (obfd)->maxpagesize;
5076
5077 /* Returns the end address of the segment + 1. */
5078 #define SEGMENT_END(segment, start) \
5079 (start + (segment->p_memsz > segment->p_filesz \
5080 ? segment->p_memsz : segment->p_filesz))
5081
5082 #define SECTION_SIZE(section, segment) \
5083 (((section->flags & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \
5084 != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL || segment->p_type == PT_TLS) \
5085 ? section->size : 0)
5086
5087 /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within
5088 the given segment. VMA addresses are compared. */
5089 #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA(section, segment) \
5090 (section->vma >= segment->p_vaddr \
5091 && (section->vma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \
5092 <= (SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr))))
5093
5094 /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within
5095 the given segment. LMA addresses are compared. */
5096 #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA(section, segment, base) \
5097 (section->lma >= base \
5098 && (section->lma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \
5099 <= SEGMENT_END (segment, base)))
5100
5101 /* Special case: corefile "NOTE" section containing regs, prpsinfo etc. */
5102 #define IS_COREFILE_NOTE(p, s) \
5103 (p->p_type == PT_NOTE \
5104 && bfd_get_format (ibfd) == bfd_core \
5105 && s->vma == 0 && s->lma == 0 \
5106 && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \
5107 && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \
5108 <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz))
5109
5110 /* The complicated case when p_vaddr is 0 is to handle the Solaris
5111 linker, which generates a PT_INTERP section with p_vaddr and
5112 p_memsz set to 0. */
5113 #define IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP(p, s) \
5114 (p->p_vaddr == 0 \
5115 && p->p_paddr == 0 \
5116 && p->p_memsz == 0 \
5117 && p->p_filesz > 0 \
5118 && (s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0 \
5119 && s->size > 0 \
5120 && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \
5121 && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \
5122 <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz))
5123
5124 /* Decide if the given section should be included in the given segment.
5125 A section will be included if:
5126 1. It is within the address space of the segment -- we use the LMA
5127 if that is set for the segment and the VMA otherwise,
5128 2. It is an allocated segment,
5129 3. There is an output section associated with it,
5130 4. The section has not already been allocated to a previous segment.
5131 5. PT_GNU_STACK segments do not include any sections.
5132 6. PT_TLS segment includes only SHF_TLS sections.
5133 7. SHF_TLS sections are only in PT_TLS or PT_LOAD segments.
5134 8. PT_DYNAMIC should not contain empty sections at the beginning
5135 (with the possible exception of .dynamic). */
5136 #define INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT(section, segment, bed) \
5137 ((((segment->p_paddr \
5138 ? IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (section, segment, segment->p_paddr) \
5139 : IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (section, segment)) \
5140 && (section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) \
5141 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment, section)) \
5142 && section->output_section != NULL \
5143 && segment->p_type != PT_GNU_STACK \
5144 && (segment->p_type != PT_TLS \
5145 || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \
5146 && (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD \
5147 || segment->p_type == PT_TLS \
5148 || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0) \
5149 && (segment->p_type != PT_DYNAMIC \
5150 || SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) > 0 \
5151 || (segment->p_paddr \
5152 ? segment->p_paddr != section->lma \
5153 : segment->p_vaddr != section->vma) \
5154 || (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (ibfd, section), ".dynamic") \
5155 == 0)) \
5156 && ! section->segment_mark)
5157
5158 /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 starts after the end of seg2. */
5159 #define SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT(seg1, seg2, field) \
5160 (seg1->field >= SEGMENT_END (seg2, seg2->field))
5161
5162 /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 and seg2 overlap. Segments overlap iff both
5163 their VMA address ranges and their LMA address ranges overlap.
5164 It is possible to have overlapping VMA ranges without overlapping LMA
5165 ranges. RedBoot images for example can have both .data and .bss mapped
5166 to the same VMA range, but with the .data section mapped to a different
5167 LMA. */
5168 #define SEGMENT_OVERLAPS(seg1, seg2) \
5169 ( !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_vaddr) \
5170 || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_vaddr)) \
5171 && !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_paddr) \
5172 || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_paddr)))
5173
5174 /* Initialise the segment mark field. */
5175 for (section = ibfd->sections; section != NULL; section = section->next)
5176 section->segment_mark = FALSE;
5177
5178 /* Scan through the segments specified in the program header
5179 of the input BFD. For this first scan we look for overlaps
5180 in the loadable segments. These can be created by weird
5181 parameters to objcopy. Also, fix some solaris weirdness. */
5182 for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
5183 i < num_segments;
5184 i++, segment++)
5185 {
5186 unsigned int j;
5187 Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment2;
5188
5189 if (segment->p_type == PT_INTERP)
5190 for (section = ibfd->sections; section; section = section->next)
5191 if (IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP (segment, section))
5192 {
5193 /* Mininal change so that the normal section to segment
5194 assignment code will work. */
5195 segment->p_vaddr = section->vma;
5196 break;
5197 }
5198
5199 if (segment->p_type != PT_LOAD)
5200 continue;
5201
5202 /* Determine if this segment overlaps any previous segments. */
5203 for (j = 0, segment2 = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr; j < i; j++, segment2 ++)
5204 {
5205 bfd_signed_vma extra_length;
5206
5207 if (segment2->p_type != PT_LOAD
5208 || ! SEGMENT_OVERLAPS (segment, segment2))
5209 continue;
5210
5211 /* Merge the two segments together. */
5212 if (segment2->p_vaddr < segment->p_vaddr)
5213 {
5214 /* Extend SEGMENT2 to include SEGMENT and then delete
5215 SEGMENT. */
5216 extra_length =
5217 SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr)
5218 - SEGMENT_END (segment2, segment2->p_vaddr);
5219
5220 if (extra_length > 0)
5221 {
5222 segment2->p_memsz += extra_length;
5223 segment2->p_filesz += extra_length;
5224 }
5225
5226 segment->p_type = PT_NULL;
5227
5228 /* Since we have deleted P we must restart the outer loop. */
5229 i = 0;
5230 segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
5231 break;
5232 }
5233 else
5234 {
5235 /* Extend SEGMENT to include SEGMENT2 and then delete
5236 SEGMENT2. */
5237 extra_length =
5238 SEGMENT_END (segment2, segment2->p_vaddr)
5239 - SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr);
5240
5241 if (extra_length > 0)
5242 {
5243 segment->p_memsz += extra_length;
5244 segment->p_filesz += extra_length;
5245 }
5246
5247 segment2->p_type = PT_NULL;
5248 }
5249 }
5250 }
5251
5252 /* The second scan attempts to assign sections to segments. */
5253 for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
5254 i < num_segments;
5255 i ++, segment ++)
5256 {
5257 unsigned int section_count;
5258 asection ** sections;
5259 asection * output_section;
5260 unsigned int isec;
5261 bfd_vma matching_lma;
5262 bfd_vma suggested_lma;
5263 unsigned int j;
5264 bfd_size_type amt;
5265
5266 if (segment->p_type == PT_NULL)
5267 continue;
5268
5269 /* Compute how many sections might be placed into this segment. */
5270 for (section = ibfd->sections, section_count = 0;
5271 section != NULL;
5272 section = section->next)
5273 if (INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (section, segment, bed))
5274 ++section_count;
5275
5276 /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain
5277 all of the sections we have selected. */
5278 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
5279 amt += ((bfd_size_type) section_count - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
5280 map = bfd_alloc (obfd, amt);
5281 if (map == NULL)
5282 return FALSE;
5283
5284 /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Default to
5285 using the physical address of the segment in the input BFD. */
5286 map->next = NULL;
5287 map->p_type = segment->p_type;
5288 map->p_flags = segment->p_flags;
5289 map->p_flags_valid = 1;
5290 map->p_paddr = segment->p_paddr;
5291 map->p_paddr_valid = 1;
5292
5293 /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header
5294 and if it contains the program headers themselves. */
5295 map->includes_filehdr = (segment->p_offset == 0
5296 && segment->p_filesz >= iehdr->e_ehsize);
5297
5298 map->includes_phdrs = 0;
5299
5300 if (! phdr_included || segment->p_type != PT_LOAD)
5301 {
5302 map->includes_phdrs =
5303 (segment->p_offset <= (bfd_vma) iehdr->e_phoff
5304 && (segment->p_offset + segment->p_filesz
5305 >= ((bfd_vma) iehdr->e_phoff
5306 + iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize)));
5307
5308 if (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD && map->includes_phdrs)
5309 phdr_included = TRUE;
5310 }
5311
5312 if (section_count == 0)
5313 {
5314 /* Special segments, such as the PT_PHDR segment, may contain
5315 no sections, but ordinary, loadable segments should contain
5316 something. They are allowed by the ELF spec however, so only
5317 a warning is produced. */
5318 if (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD)
5319 (*_bfd_error_handler)
5320 (_("%B: warning: Empty loadable segment detected, is this intentional ?\n"),
5321 ibfd);
5322
5323 map->count = 0;
5324 *pointer_to_map = map;
5325 pointer_to_map = &map->next;
5326
5327 continue;
5328 }
5329
5330 /* Now scan the sections in the input BFD again and attempt
5331 to add their corresponding output sections to the segment map.
5332 The problem here is how to handle an output section which has
5333 been moved (ie had its LMA changed). There are four possibilities:
5334
5335 1. None of the sections have been moved.
5336 In this case we can continue to use the segment LMA from the
5337 input BFD.
5338
5339 2. All of the sections have been moved by the same amount.
5340 In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA
5341 of the first section.
5342
5343 3. Some of the sections have been moved, others have not.
5344 In this case those sections which have not been moved can be
5345 placed in the current segment which will have to have its size,
5346 and possibly its LMA changed, and a new segment or segments will
5347 have to be created to contain the other sections.
5348
5349 4. The sections have been moved, but not by the same amount.
5350 In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA
5351 of the first section and we will have to create a new segment
5352 or segments to contain the other sections.
5353
5354 In order to save time, we allocate an array to hold the section
5355 pointers that we are interested in. As these sections get assigned
5356 to a segment, they are removed from this array. */
5357
5358 /* Gcc 2.96 miscompiles this code on mips. Don't do casting here
5359 to work around this long long bug. */
5360 sections = bfd_malloc2 (section_count, sizeof (asection *));
5361 if (sections == NULL)
5362 return FALSE;
5363
5364 /* Step One: Scan for segment vs section LMA conflicts.
5365 Also add the sections to the section array allocated above.
5366 Also add the sections to the current segment. In the common
5367 case, where the sections have not been moved, this means that
5368 we have completely filled the segment, and there is nothing
5369 more to do. */
5370 isec = 0;
5371 matching_lma = 0;
5372 suggested_lma = 0;
5373
5374 for (j = 0, section = ibfd->sections;
5375 section != NULL;
5376 section = section->next)
5377 {
5378 if (INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (section, segment, bed))
5379 {
5380 output_section = section->output_section;
5381
5382 sections[j ++] = section;
5383
5384 /* The Solaris native linker always sets p_paddr to 0.
5385 We try to catch that case here, and set it to the
5386 correct value. Note - some backends require that
5387 p_paddr be left as zero. */
5388 if (segment->p_paddr == 0
5389 && segment->p_vaddr != 0
5390 && (! bed->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero)
5391 && isec == 0
5392 && output_section->lma != 0
5393 && (output_section->vma == (segment->p_vaddr
5394 + (map->includes_filehdr
5395 ? iehdr->e_ehsize
5396 : 0)
5397 + (map->includes_phdrs
5398 ? (iehdr->e_phnum
5399 * iehdr->e_phentsize)
5400 : 0))))
5401 map->p_paddr = segment->p_vaddr;
5402
5403 /* Match up the physical address of the segment with the
5404 LMA address of the output section. */
5405 if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section, segment, map->p_paddr)
5406 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment, section)
5407 || (bed->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero &&
5408 IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (output_section, segment))
5409 )
5410 {
5411 if (matching_lma == 0)
5412 matching_lma = output_section->lma;
5413
5414 /* We assume that if the section fits within the segment
5415 then it does not overlap any other section within that
5416 segment. */
5417 map->sections[isec ++] = output_section;
5418 }
5419 else if (suggested_lma == 0)
5420 suggested_lma = output_section->lma;
5421 }
5422 }
5423
5424 BFD_ASSERT (j == section_count);
5425
5426 /* Step Two: Adjust the physical address of the current segment,
5427 if necessary. */
5428 if (isec == section_count)
5429 {
5430 /* All of the sections fitted within the segment as currently
5431 specified. This is the default case. Add the segment to
5432 the list of built segments and carry on to process the next
5433 program header in the input BFD. */
5434 map->count = section_count;
5435 *pointer_to_map = map;
5436 pointer_to_map = &map->next;
5437
5438 free (sections);
5439 continue;
5440 }
5441 else
5442 {
5443 if (matching_lma != 0)
5444 {
5445 /* At least one section fits inside the current segment.
5446 Keep it, but modify its physical address to match the
5447 LMA of the first section that fitted. */
5448 map->p_paddr = matching_lma;
5449 }
5450 else
5451 {
5452 /* None of the sections fitted inside the current segment.
5453 Change the current segment's physical address to match
5454 the LMA of the first section. */
5455 map->p_paddr = suggested_lma;
5456 }
5457
5458 /* Offset the segment physical address from the lma
5459 to allow for space taken up by elf headers. */
5460 if (map->includes_filehdr)
5461 map->p_paddr -= iehdr->e_ehsize;
5462
5463 if (map->includes_phdrs)
5464 {
5465 map->p_paddr -= iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize;
5466
5467 /* iehdr->e_phnum is just an estimate of the number
5468 of program headers that we will need. Make a note
5469 here of the number we used and the segment we chose
5470 to hold these headers, so that we can adjust the
5471 offset when we know the correct value. */
5472 phdr_adjust_num = iehdr->e_phnum;
5473 phdr_adjust_seg = map;
5474 }
5475 }
5476
5477 /* Step Three: Loop over the sections again, this time assigning
5478 those that fit to the current segment and removing them from the
5479 sections array; but making sure not to leave large gaps. Once all
5480 possible sections have been assigned to the current segment it is
5481 added to the list of built segments and if sections still remain
5482 to be assigned, a new segment is constructed before repeating
5483 the loop. */
5484 isec = 0;
5485 do
5486 {
5487 map->count = 0;
5488 suggested_lma = 0;
5489
5490 /* Fill the current segment with sections that fit. */
5491 for (j = 0; j < section_count; j++)
5492 {
5493 section = sections[j];
5494
5495 if (section == NULL)
5496 continue;
5497
5498 output_section = section->output_section;
5499
5500 BFD_ASSERT (output_section != NULL);
5501
5502 if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section, segment, map->p_paddr)
5503 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment, section))
5504 {
5505 if (map->count == 0)
5506 {
5507 /* If the first section in a segment does not start at
5508 the beginning of the segment, then something is
5509 wrong. */
5510 if (output_section->lma !=
5511 (map->p_paddr
5512 + (map->includes_filehdr ? iehdr->e_ehsize : 0)
5513 + (map->includes_phdrs
5514 ? iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize
5515 : 0)))
5516 abort ();
5517 }
5518 else
5519 {
5520 asection * prev_sec;
5521
5522 prev_sec = map->sections[map->count - 1];
5523
5524 /* If the gap between the end of the previous section
5525 and the start of this section is more than
5526 maxpagesize then we need to start a new segment. */
5527 if ((BFD_ALIGN (prev_sec->lma + prev_sec->size,
5528 maxpagesize)
5529 < BFD_ALIGN (output_section->lma, maxpagesize))
5530 || ((prev_sec->lma + prev_sec->size)
5531 > output_section->lma))
5532 {
5533 if (suggested_lma == 0)
5534 suggested_lma = output_section->lma;
5535
5536 continue;
5537 }
5538 }
5539
5540 map->sections[map->count++] = output_section;
5541 ++isec;
5542 sections[j] = NULL;
5543 section->segment_mark = TRUE;
5544 }
5545 else if (suggested_lma == 0)
5546 suggested_lma = output_section->lma;
5547 }
5548
5549 BFD_ASSERT (map->count > 0);
5550
5551 /* Add the current segment to the list of built segments. */
5552 *pointer_to_map = map;
5553 pointer_to_map = &map->next;
5554
5555 if (isec < section_count)
5556 {
5557 /* We still have not allocated all of the sections to
5558 segments. Create a new segment here, initialise it
5559 and carry on looping. */
5560 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
5561 amt += ((bfd_size_type) section_count - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
5562 map = bfd_alloc (obfd, amt);
5563 if (map == NULL)
5564 {
5565 free (sections);
5566 return FALSE;
5567 }
5568
5569 /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Set the physical
5570 physical address to the LMA of the first section that has
5571 not yet been assigned. */
5572 map->next = NULL;
5573 map->p_type = segment->p_type;
5574 map->p_flags = segment->p_flags;
5575 map->p_flags_valid = 1;
5576 map->p_paddr = suggested_lma;
5577 map->p_paddr_valid = 1;
5578 map->includes_filehdr = 0;
5579 map->includes_phdrs = 0;
5580 }
5581 }
5582 while (isec < section_count);
5583
5584 free (sections);
5585 }
5586
5587 /* The Solaris linker creates program headers in which all the
5588 p_paddr fields are zero. When we try to objcopy or strip such a
5589 file, we get confused. Check for this case, and if we find it
5590 reset the p_paddr_valid fields. */
5591 for (map = map_first; map != NULL; map = map->next)
5592 if (map->p_paddr != 0)
5593 break;
5594 if (map == NULL)
5595 for (map = map_first; map != NULL; map = map->next)
5596 map->p_paddr_valid = 0;
5597
5598 elf_tdata (obfd)->segment_map = map_first;
5599
5600 /* If we had to estimate the number of program headers that were
5601 going to be needed, then check our estimate now and adjust
5602 the offset if necessary. */
5603 if (phdr_adjust_seg != NULL)
5604 {
5605 unsigned int count;
5606
5607 for (count = 0, map = map_first; map != NULL; map = map->next)
5608 count++;
5609
5610 if (count > phdr_adjust_num)
5611 phdr_adjust_seg->p_paddr
5612 -= (count - phdr_adjust_num) * iehdr->e_phentsize;
5613 }
5614
5615 #undef SEGMENT_END
5616 #undef SECTION_SIZE
5617 #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA
5618 #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA
5619 #undef IS_COREFILE_NOTE
5620 #undef IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP
5621 #undef INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT
5622 #undef SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT
5623 #undef SEGMENT_OVERLAPS
5624 return TRUE;
5625 }
5626
5627 /* Copy private section information. This copies over the entsize
5628 field, and sometimes the info field. */
5629
5630 bfd_boolean
5631 _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data (bfd *ibfd,
5632 asection *isec,
5633 bfd *obfd,
5634 asection *osec)
5635 {
5636 Elf_Internal_Shdr *ihdr, *ohdr;
5637
5638 if (ibfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour
5639 || obfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
5640 return TRUE;
5641
5642 ihdr = &elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr;
5643 ohdr = &elf_section_data (osec)->this_hdr;
5644
5645 ohdr->sh_entsize = ihdr->sh_entsize;
5646
5647 if (ihdr->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB
5648 || ihdr->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM
5649 || ihdr->sh_type == SHT_GNU_verneed
5650 || ihdr->sh_type == SHT_GNU_verdef)
5651 ohdr->sh_info = ihdr->sh_info;
5652
5653 /* Set things up for objcopy. The output SHT_GROUP section will
5654 have its elf_next_in_group pointing back to the input group
5655 members. Ignore linker created group section. See
5656 elfNN_ia64_object_p in elfxx-ia64.c. */
5657 if (elf_sec_group (isec) == NULL
5658 || (elf_sec_group (isec)->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) == 0)
5659 {
5660 elf_next_in_group (osec) = elf_next_in_group (isec);
5661 elf_group_name (osec) = elf_group_name (isec);
5662 }
5663
5664 osec->use_rela_p = isec->use_rela_p;
5665
5666 return TRUE;
5667 }
5668
5669 /* Copy private header information. */
5670
5671 bfd_boolean
5672 _bfd_elf_copy_private_header_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
5673 {
5674 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
5675 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
5676 return TRUE;
5677
5678 /* Copy over private BFD data if it has not already been copied.
5679 This must be done here, rather than in the copy_private_bfd_data
5680 entry point, because the latter is called after the section
5681 contents have been set, which means that the program headers have
5682 already been worked out. */
5683 if (elf_tdata (obfd)->segment_map == NULL && elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr != NULL)
5684 {
5685 if (! copy_private_bfd_data (ibfd, obfd))
5686 return FALSE;
5687 }
5688
5689 return TRUE;
5690 }
5691
5692 /* Copy private symbol information. If this symbol is in a section
5693 which we did not map into a BFD section, try to map the section
5694 index correctly. We use special macro definitions for the mapped
5695 section indices; these definitions are interpreted by the
5696 swap_out_syms function. */
5697
5698 #define MAP_ONESYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 1)
5699 #define MAP_DYNSYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 2)
5700 #define MAP_STRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 3)
5701 #define MAP_SHSTRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 4)
5702 #define MAP_SYM_SHNDX (SHN_HIOS + 5)
5703
5704 bfd_boolean
5705 _bfd_elf_copy_private_symbol_data (bfd *ibfd,
5706 asymbol *isymarg,
5707 bfd *obfd,
5708 asymbol *osymarg)
5709 {
5710 elf_symbol_type *isym, *osym;
5711
5712 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
5713 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
5714 return TRUE;
5715
5716 isym = elf_symbol_from (ibfd, isymarg);
5717 osym = elf_symbol_from (obfd, osymarg);
5718
5719 if (isym != NULL
5720 && osym != NULL
5721 && bfd_is_abs_section (isym->symbol.section))
5722 {
5723 unsigned int shndx;
5724
5725 shndx = isym->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx;
5726 if (shndx == elf_onesymtab (ibfd))
5727 shndx = MAP_ONESYMTAB;
5728 else if (shndx == elf_dynsymtab (ibfd))
5729 shndx = MAP_DYNSYMTAB;
5730 else if (shndx == elf_tdata (ibfd)->strtab_section)
5731 shndx = MAP_STRTAB;
5732 else if (shndx == elf_tdata (ibfd)->shstrtab_section)
5733 shndx = MAP_SHSTRTAB;
5734 else if (shndx == elf_tdata (ibfd)->symtab_shndx_section)
5735 shndx = MAP_SYM_SHNDX;
5736 osym->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx = shndx;
5737 }
5738
5739 return TRUE;
5740 }
5741
5742 /* Swap out the symbols. */
5743
5744 static bfd_boolean
5745 swap_out_syms (bfd *abfd,
5746 struct bfd_strtab_hash **sttp,
5747 int relocatable_p)
5748 {
5749 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
5750 int symcount;
5751 asymbol **syms;
5752 struct bfd_strtab_hash *stt;
5753 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
5754 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_shndx_hdr;
5755 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symstrtab_hdr;
5756 bfd_byte *outbound_syms;
5757 bfd_byte *outbound_shndx;
5758 int idx;
5759 bfd_size_type amt;
5760 bfd_boolean name_local_sections;
5761
5762 if (!elf_map_symbols (abfd))
5763 return FALSE;
5764
5765 /* Dump out the symtabs. */
5766 stt = _bfd_elf_stringtab_init ();
5767 if (stt == NULL)
5768 return FALSE;
5769
5770 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
5771 symcount = bfd_get_symcount (abfd);
5772 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
5773 symtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_SYMTAB;
5774 symtab_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_sym;
5775 symtab_hdr->sh_size = symtab_hdr->sh_entsize * (symcount + 1);
5776 symtab_hdr->sh_info = elf_num_locals (abfd) + 1;
5777 symtab_hdr->sh_addralign = 1 << bed->s->log_file_align;
5778
5779 symstrtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr;
5780 symstrtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB;
5781
5782 outbound_syms = bfd_alloc2 (abfd, 1 + symcount, bed->s->sizeof_sym);
5783 if (outbound_syms == NULL)
5784 {
5785 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt);
5786 return FALSE;
5787 }
5788 symtab_hdr->contents = outbound_syms;
5789
5790 outbound_shndx = NULL;
5791 symtab_shndx_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_shndx_hdr;
5792 if (symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_name != 0)
5793 {
5794 amt = (bfd_size_type) (1 + symcount) * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
5795 outbound_shndx = bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, 1 + symcount,
5796 sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx));
5797 if (outbound_shndx == NULL)
5798 {
5799 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt);
5800 return FALSE;
5801 }
5802
5803 symtab_shndx_hdr->contents = outbound_shndx;
5804 symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_type = SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX;
5805 symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_size = amt;
5806 symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_addralign = sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
5807 symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
5808 }
5809
5810 /* Now generate the data (for "contents"). */
5811 {
5812 /* Fill in zeroth symbol and swap it out. */
5813 Elf_Internal_Sym sym;
5814 sym.st_name = 0;
5815 sym.st_value = 0;
5816 sym.st_size = 0;
5817 sym.st_info = 0;
5818 sym.st_other = 0;
5819 sym.st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
5820 bed->s->swap_symbol_out (abfd, &sym, outbound_syms, outbound_shndx);
5821 outbound_syms += bed->s->sizeof_sym;
5822 if (outbound_shndx != NULL)
5823 outbound_shndx += sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
5824 }
5825
5826 name_local_sections
5827 = (bed->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols
5828 && bed->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols (abfd));
5829
5830 syms = bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd);
5831 for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++)
5832 {
5833 Elf_Internal_Sym sym;
5834 bfd_vma value = syms[idx]->value;
5835 elf_symbol_type *type_ptr;
5836 flagword flags = syms[idx]->flags;
5837 int type;
5838
5839 if (!name_local_sections
5840 && (flags & (BSF_SECTION_SYM | BSF_GLOBAL)) == BSF_SECTION_SYM)
5841 {
5842 /* Local section symbols have no name. */
5843 sym.st_name = 0;
5844 }
5845 else
5846 {
5847 sym.st_name = (unsigned long) _bfd_stringtab_add (stt,
5848 syms[idx]->name,
5849 TRUE, FALSE);
5850 if (sym.st_name == (unsigned long) -1)
5851 {
5852 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt);
5853 return FALSE;
5854 }
5855 }
5856
5857 type_ptr = elf_symbol_from (abfd, syms[idx]);
5858
5859 if ((flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) == 0
5860 && bfd_is_com_section (syms[idx]->section))
5861 {
5862 /* ELF common symbols put the alignment into the `value' field,
5863 and the size into the `size' field. This is backwards from
5864 how BFD handles it, so reverse it here. */
5865 sym.st_size = value;
5866 if (type_ptr == NULL
5867 || type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_value == 0)
5868 sym.st_value = value >= 16 ? 16 : (1 << bfd_log2 (value));
5869 else
5870 sym.st_value = type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_value;
5871 sym.st_shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section
5872 (abfd, syms[idx]->section);
5873 }
5874 else
5875 {
5876 asection *sec = syms[idx]->section;
5877 int shndx;
5878
5879 if (sec->output_section)
5880 {
5881 value += sec->output_offset;
5882 sec = sec->output_section;
5883 }
5884
5885 /* Don't add in the section vma for relocatable output. */
5886 if (! relocatable_p)
5887 value += sec->vma;
5888 sym.st_value = value;
5889 sym.st_size = type_ptr ? type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_size : 0;
5890
5891 if (bfd_is_abs_section (sec)
5892 && type_ptr != NULL
5893 && type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx != 0)
5894 {
5895 /* This symbol is in a real ELF section which we did
5896 not create as a BFD section. Undo the mapping done
5897 by copy_private_symbol_data. */
5898 shndx = type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx;
5899 switch (shndx)
5900 {
5901 case MAP_ONESYMTAB:
5902 shndx = elf_onesymtab (abfd);
5903 break;
5904 case MAP_DYNSYMTAB:
5905 shndx = elf_dynsymtab (abfd);
5906 break;
5907 case MAP_STRTAB:
5908 shndx = elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_section;
5909 break;
5910 case MAP_SHSTRTAB:
5911 shndx = elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_section;
5912 break;
5913 case MAP_SYM_SHNDX:
5914 shndx = elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_shndx_section;
5915 break;
5916 default:
5917 break;
5918 }
5919 }
5920 else
5921 {
5922 shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec);
5923
5924 if (shndx == -1)
5925 {
5926 asection *sec2;
5927
5928 /* Writing this would be a hell of a lot easier if
5929 we had some decent documentation on bfd, and
5930 knew what to expect of the library, and what to
5931 demand of applications. For example, it
5932 appears that `objcopy' might not set the
5933 section of a symbol to be a section that is
5934 actually in the output file. */
5935 sec2 = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, sec->name);
5936 if (sec2 == NULL)
5937 {
5938 _bfd_error_handler (_("\
5939 Unable to find equivalent output section for symbol '%s' from section '%s'"),
5940 syms[idx]->name ? syms[idx]->name : "<Local sym>",
5941 sec->name);
5942 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
5943 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt);
5944 return FALSE;
5945 }
5946
5947 shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec2);
5948 BFD_ASSERT (shndx != -1);
5949 }
5950 }
5951
5952 sym.st_shndx = shndx;
5953 }
5954
5955 if ((flags & BSF_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0)
5956 type = STT_TLS;
5957 else if ((flags & BSF_FUNCTION) != 0)
5958 type = STT_FUNC;
5959 else if ((flags & BSF_OBJECT) != 0)
5960 type = STT_OBJECT;
5961 else
5962 type = STT_NOTYPE;
5963
5964 if (syms[idx]->section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
5965 type = STT_TLS;
5966
5967 /* Processor-specific types. */
5968 if (type_ptr != NULL
5969 && bed->elf_backend_get_symbol_type)
5970 type = ((*bed->elf_backend_get_symbol_type)
5971 (&type_ptr->internal_elf_sym, type));
5972
5973 if (flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM)
5974 {
5975 if (flags & BSF_GLOBAL)
5976 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION);
5977 else
5978 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL, STT_SECTION);
5979 }
5980 else if (bfd_is_com_section (syms[idx]->section))
5981 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, type);
5982 else if (bfd_is_und_section (syms[idx]->section))
5983 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (((flags & BSF_WEAK)
5984 ? STB_WEAK
5985 : STB_GLOBAL),
5986 type);
5987 else if (flags & BSF_FILE)
5988 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL, STT_FILE);
5989 else
5990 {
5991 int bind = STB_LOCAL;
5992
5993 if (flags & BSF_LOCAL)
5994 bind = STB_LOCAL;
5995 else if (flags & BSF_WEAK)
5996 bind = STB_WEAK;
5997 else if (flags & BSF_GLOBAL)
5998 bind = STB_GLOBAL;
5999
6000 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (bind, type);
6001 }
6002
6003 if (type_ptr != NULL)
6004 sym.st_other = type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_other;
6005 else
6006 sym.st_other = 0;
6007
6008 bed->s->swap_symbol_out (abfd, &sym, outbound_syms, outbound_shndx);
6009 outbound_syms += bed->s->sizeof_sym;
6010 if (outbound_shndx != NULL)
6011 outbound_shndx += sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
6012 }
6013
6014 *sttp = stt;
6015 symstrtab_hdr->sh_size = _bfd_stringtab_size (stt);
6016 symstrtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB;
6017
6018 symstrtab_hdr->sh_flags = 0;
6019 symstrtab_hdr->sh_addr = 0;
6020 symstrtab_hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
6021 symstrtab_hdr->sh_link = 0;
6022 symstrtab_hdr->sh_info = 0;
6023 symstrtab_hdr->sh_addralign = 1;
6024
6025 return TRUE;
6026 }
6027
6028 /* Return the number of bytes required to hold the symtab vector.
6029
6030 Note that we base it on the count plus 1, since we will null terminate
6031 the vector allocated based on this size. However, the ELF symbol table
6032 always has a dummy entry as symbol #0, so it ends up even. */
6033
6034 long
6035 _bfd_elf_get_symtab_upper_bound (bfd *abfd)
6036 {
6037 long symcount;
6038 long symtab_size;
6039 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
6040
6041 symcount = hdr->sh_size / get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_sym;
6042 symtab_size = (symcount + 1) * (sizeof (asymbol *));
6043 if (symcount > 0)
6044 symtab_size -= sizeof (asymbol *);
6045
6046 return symtab_size;
6047 }
6048
6049 long
6050 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_symtab_upper_bound (bfd *abfd)
6051 {
6052 long symcount;
6053 long symtab_size;
6054 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynsymtab_hdr;
6055
6056 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0)
6057 {
6058 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
6059 return -1;
6060 }
6061
6062 symcount = hdr->sh_size / get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_sym;
6063 symtab_size = (symcount + 1) * (sizeof (asymbol *));
6064 if (symcount > 0)
6065 symtab_size -= sizeof (asymbol *);
6066
6067 return symtab_size;
6068 }
6069
6070 long
6071 _bfd_elf_get_reloc_upper_bound (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6072 sec_ptr asect)
6073 {
6074 return (asect->reloc_count + 1) * sizeof (arelent *);
6075 }
6076
6077 /* Canonicalize the relocs. */
6078
6079 long
6080 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_reloc (bfd *abfd,
6081 sec_ptr section,
6082 arelent **relptr,
6083 asymbol **symbols)
6084 {
6085 arelent *tblptr;
6086 unsigned int i;
6087 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
6088
6089 if (! bed->s->slurp_reloc_table (abfd, section, symbols, FALSE))
6090 return -1;
6091
6092 tblptr = section->relocation;
6093 for (i = 0; i < section->reloc_count; i++)
6094 *relptr++ = tblptr++;
6095
6096 *relptr = NULL;
6097
6098 return section->reloc_count;
6099 }
6100
6101 long
6102 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_symtab (bfd *abfd, asymbol **allocation)
6103 {
6104 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
6105 long symcount = bed->s->slurp_symbol_table (abfd, allocation, FALSE);
6106
6107 if (symcount >= 0)
6108 bfd_get_symcount (abfd) = symcount;
6109 return symcount;
6110 }
6111
6112 long
6113 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_symtab (bfd *abfd,
6114 asymbol **allocation)
6115 {
6116 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
6117 long symcount = bed->s->slurp_symbol_table (abfd, allocation, TRUE);
6118
6119 if (symcount >= 0)
6120 bfd_get_dynamic_symcount (abfd) = symcount;
6121 return symcount;
6122 }
6123
6124 /* Return the size required for the dynamic reloc entries. Any loadable
6125 section that was actually installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL
6126 or SHT_RELA, and uses the dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a
6127 dynamic reloc section. */
6128
6129 long
6130 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_upper_bound (bfd *abfd)
6131 {
6132 long ret;
6133 asection *s;
6134
6135 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0)
6136 {
6137 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
6138 return -1;
6139 }
6140
6141 ret = sizeof (arelent *);
6142 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
6143 if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
6144 && elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_link == elf_dynsymtab (abfd)
6145 && (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_REL
6146 || elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_RELA))
6147 ret += ((s->size / elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize)
6148 * sizeof (arelent *));
6149
6150 return ret;
6151 }
6152
6153 /* Canonicalize the dynamic relocation entries. Note that we return the
6154 dynamic relocations as a single block, although they are actually
6155 associated with particular sections; the interface, which was
6156 designed for SunOS style shared libraries, expects that there is only
6157 one set of dynamic relocs. Any loadable section that was actually
6158 installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL or SHT_RELA, and uses the
6159 dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a dynamic reloc section. */
6160
6161 long
6162 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_reloc (bfd *abfd,
6163 arelent **storage,
6164 asymbol **syms)
6165 {
6166 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs) (bfd *, asection *, asymbol **, bfd_boolean);
6167 asection *s;
6168 long ret;
6169
6170 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0)
6171 {
6172 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
6173 return -1;
6174 }
6175
6176 slurp_relocs = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->slurp_reloc_table;
6177 ret = 0;
6178 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
6179 {
6180 if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
6181 && elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_link == elf_dynsymtab (abfd)
6182 && (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_REL
6183 || elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_RELA))
6184 {
6185 arelent *p;
6186 long count, i;
6187
6188 if (! (*slurp_relocs) (abfd, s, syms, TRUE))
6189 return -1;
6190 count = s->size / elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize;
6191 p = s->relocation;
6192 for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
6193 *storage++ = p++;
6194 ret += count;
6195 }
6196 }
6197
6198 *storage = NULL;
6199
6200 return ret;
6201 }
6202 \f
6203 /* Read in the version information. */
6204
6205 bfd_boolean
6206 _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (bfd *abfd, bfd_boolean default_imported_symver)
6207 {
6208 bfd_byte *contents = NULL;
6209 unsigned int freeidx = 0;
6210
6211 if (elf_dynverref (abfd) != 0)
6212 {
6213 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
6214 Elf_External_Verneed *everneed;
6215 Elf_Internal_Verneed *iverneed;
6216 unsigned int i;
6217 bfd_byte *contents_end;
6218
6219 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverref_hdr;
6220
6221 elf_tdata (abfd)->verref = bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, hdr->sh_info,
6222 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verneed));
6223 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->verref == NULL)
6224 goto error_return;
6225
6226 elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs = hdr->sh_info;
6227
6228 contents = bfd_malloc (hdr->sh_size);
6229 if (contents == NULL)
6230 {
6231 error_return_verref:
6232 elf_tdata (abfd)->verref = NULL;
6233 elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs = 0;
6234 goto error_return;
6235 }
6236 if (bfd_seek (abfd, hdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
6237 || bfd_bread (contents, hdr->sh_size, abfd) != hdr->sh_size)
6238 goto error_return_verref;
6239
6240 if (hdr->sh_info && hdr->sh_size < sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed))
6241 goto error_return_verref;
6242
6243 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed)
6244 == sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux));
6245 contents_end = contents + hdr->sh_size - sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed);
6246 everneed = (Elf_External_Verneed *) contents;
6247 iverneed = elf_tdata (abfd)->verref;
6248 for (i = 0; i < hdr->sh_info; i++, iverneed++)
6249 {
6250 Elf_External_Vernaux *evernaux;
6251 Elf_Internal_Vernaux *ivernaux;
6252 unsigned int j;
6253
6254 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (abfd, everneed, iverneed);
6255
6256 iverneed->vn_bfd = abfd;
6257
6258 iverneed->vn_filename =
6259 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, hdr->sh_link,
6260 iverneed->vn_file);
6261 if (iverneed->vn_filename == NULL)
6262 goto error_return_verref;
6263
6264 if (iverneed->vn_cnt == 0)
6265 iverneed->vn_auxptr = NULL;
6266 else
6267 {
6268 iverneed->vn_auxptr = bfd_alloc2 (abfd, iverneed->vn_cnt,
6269 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Vernaux));
6270 if (iverneed->vn_auxptr == NULL)
6271 goto error_return_verref;
6272 }
6273
6274 if (iverneed->vn_aux
6275 > (size_t) (contents_end - (bfd_byte *) everneed))
6276 goto error_return_verref;
6277
6278 evernaux = ((Elf_External_Vernaux *)
6279 ((bfd_byte *) everneed + iverneed->vn_aux));
6280 ivernaux = iverneed->vn_auxptr;
6281 for (j = 0; j < iverneed->vn_cnt; j++, ivernaux++)
6282 {
6283 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (abfd, evernaux, ivernaux);
6284
6285 ivernaux->vna_nodename =
6286 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, hdr->sh_link,
6287 ivernaux->vna_name);
6288 if (ivernaux->vna_nodename == NULL)
6289 goto error_return_verref;
6290
6291 if (j + 1 < iverneed->vn_cnt)
6292 ivernaux->vna_nextptr = ivernaux + 1;
6293 else
6294 ivernaux->vna_nextptr = NULL;
6295
6296 if (ivernaux->vna_next
6297 > (size_t) (contents_end - (bfd_byte *) evernaux))
6298 goto error_return_verref;
6299
6300 evernaux = ((Elf_External_Vernaux *)
6301 ((bfd_byte *) evernaux + ivernaux->vna_next));
6302
6303 if (ivernaux->vna_other > freeidx)
6304 freeidx = ivernaux->vna_other;
6305 }
6306
6307 if (i + 1 < hdr->sh_info)
6308 iverneed->vn_nextref = iverneed + 1;
6309 else
6310 iverneed->vn_nextref = NULL;
6311
6312 if (iverneed->vn_next
6313 > (size_t) (contents_end - (bfd_byte *) everneed))
6314 goto error_return_verref;
6315
6316 everneed = ((Elf_External_Verneed *)
6317 ((bfd_byte *) everneed + iverneed->vn_next));
6318 }
6319
6320 free (contents);
6321 contents = NULL;
6322 }
6323
6324 if (elf_dynverdef (abfd) != 0)
6325 {
6326 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
6327 Elf_External_Verdef *everdef;
6328 Elf_Internal_Verdef *iverdef;
6329 Elf_Internal_Verdef *iverdefarr;
6330 Elf_Internal_Verdef iverdefmem;
6331 unsigned int i;
6332 unsigned int maxidx;
6333 bfd_byte *contents_end_def, *contents_end_aux;
6334
6335 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverdef_hdr;
6336
6337 contents = bfd_malloc (hdr->sh_size);
6338 if (contents == NULL)
6339 goto error_return;
6340 if (bfd_seek (abfd, hdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
6341 || bfd_bread (contents, hdr->sh_size, abfd) != hdr->sh_size)
6342 goto error_return;
6343
6344 if (hdr->sh_info && hdr->sh_size < sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef))
6345 goto error_return;
6346
6347 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef)
6348 >= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux));
6349 contents_end_def = contents + hdr->sh_size
6350 - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef);
6351 contents_end_aux = contents + hdr->sh_size
6352 - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux);
6353
6354 /* We know the number of entries in the section but not the maximum
6355 index. Therefore we have to run through all entries and find
6356 the maximum. */
6357 everdef = (Elf_External_Verdef *) contents;
6358 maxidx = 0;
6359 for (i = 0; i < hdr->sh_info; ++i)
6360 {
6361 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd, everdef, &iverdefmem);
6362
6363 if ((iverdefmem.vd_ndx & ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION)) > maxidx)
6364 maxidx = iverdefmem.vd_ndx & ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION);
6365
6366 if (iverdefmem.vd_next
6367 > (size_t) (contents_end_def - (bfd_byte *) everdef))
6368 goto error_return;
6369
6370 everdef = ((Elf_External_Verdef *)
6371 ((bfd_byte *) everdef + iverdefmem.vd_next));
6372 }
6373
6374 if (default_imported_symver)
6375 {
6376 if (freeidx > maxidx)
6377 maxidx = ++freeidx;
6378 else
6379 freeidx = ++maxidx;
6380 }
6381 elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef = bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, maxidx,
6382 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef));
6383 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef == NULL)
6384 goto error_return;
6385
6386 elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs = maxidx;
6387
6388 everdef = (Elf_External_Verdef *) contents;
6389 iverdefarr = elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef;
6390 for (i = 0; i < hdr->sh_info; i++)
6391 {
6392 Elf_External_Verdaux *everdaux;
6393 Elf_Internal_Verdaux *iverdaux;
6394 unsigned int j;
6395
6396 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd, everdef, &iverdefmem);
6397
6398 if ((iverdefmem.vd_ndx & VERSYM_VERSION) == 0)
6399 {
6400 error_return_verdef:
6401 elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef = NULL;
6402 elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs = 0;
6403 goto error_return;
6404 }
6405
6406 iverdef = &iverdefarr[(iverdefmem.vd_ndx & VERSYM_VERSION) - 1];
6407 memcpy (iverdef, &iverdefmem, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef));
6408
6409 iverdef->vd_bfd = abfd;
6410
6411 if (iverdef->vd_cnt == 0)
6412 iverdef->vd_auxptr = NULL;
6413 else
6414 {
6415 iverdef->vd_auxptr = bfd_alloc2 (abfd, iverdef->vd_cnt,
6416 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux));
6417 if (iverdef->vd_auxptr == NULL)
6418 goto error_return_verdef;
6419 }
6420
6421 if (iverdef->vd_aux
6422 > (size_t) (contents_end_aux - (bfd_byte *) everdef))
6423 goto error_return_verdef;
6424
6425 everdaux = ((Elf_External_Verdaux *)
6426 ((bfd_byte *) everdef + iverdef->vd_aux));
6427 iverdaux = iverdef->vd_auxptr;
6428 for (j = 0; j < iverdef->vd_cnt; j++, iverdaux++)
6429 {
6430 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (abfd, everdaux, iverdaux);
6431
6432 iverdaux->vda_nodename =
6433 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, hdr->sh_link,
6434 iverdaux->vda_name);
6435 if (iverdaux->vda_nodename == NULL)
6436 goto error_return_verdef;
6437
6438 if (j + 1 < iverdef->vd_cnt)
6439 iverdaux->vda_nextptr = iverdaux + 1;
6440 else
6441 iverdaux->vda_nextptr = NULL;
6442
6443 if (iverdaux->vda_next
6444 > (size_t) (contents_end_aux - (bfd_byte *) everdaux))
6445 goto error_return_verdef;
6446
6447 everdaux = ((Elf_External_Verdaux *)
6448 ((bfd_byte *) everdaux + iverdaux->vda_next));
6449 }
6450
6451 if (iverdef->vd_cnt)
6452 iverdef->vd_nodename = iverdef->vd_auxptr->vda_nodename;
6453
6454 if ((size_t) (iverdef - iverdefarr) + 1 < maxidx)
6455 iverdef->vd_nextdef = iverdef + 1;
6456 else
6457 iverdef->vd_nextdef = NULL;
6458
6459 everdef = ((Elf_External_Verdef *)
6460 ((bfd_byte *) everdef + iverdef->vd_next));
6461 }
6462
6463 free (contents);
6464 contents = NULL;
6465 }
6466 else if (default_imported_symver)
6467 {
6468 if (freeidx < 3)
6469 freeidx = 3;
6470 else
6471 freeidx++;
6472
6473 elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef = bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, freeidx,
6474 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef));
6475 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef == NULL)
6476 goto error_return;
6477
6478 elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs = freeidx;
6479 }
6480
6481 /* Create a default version based on the soname. */
6482 if (default_imported_symver)
6483 {
6484 Elf_Internal_Verdef *iverdef;
6485 Elf_Internal_Verdaux *iverdaux;
6486
6487 iverdef = &elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef[freeidx - 1];;
6488
6489 iverdef->vd_version = VER_DEF_CURRENT;
6490 iverdef->vd_flags = 0;
6491 iverdef->vd_ndx = freeidx;
6492 iverdef->vd_cnt = 1;
6493
6494 iverdef->vd_bfd = abfd;
6495
6496 iverdef->vd_nodename = bfd_elf_get_dt_soname (abfd);
6497 if (iverdef->vd_nodename == NULL)
6498 goto error_return_verdef;
6499 iverdef->vd_nextdef = NULL;
6500 iverdef->vd_auxptr = bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux));
6501 if (iverdef->vd_auxptr == NULL)
6502 goto error_return_verdef;
6503
6504 iverdaux = iverdef->vd_auxptr;
6505 iverdaux->vda_nodename = iverdef->vd_nodename;
6506 iverdaux->vda_nextptr = NULL;
6507 }
6508
6509 return TRUE;
6510
6511 error_return:
6512 if (contents != NULL)
6513 free (contents);
6514 return FALSE;
6515 }
6516 \f
6517 asymbol *
6518 _bfd_elf_make_empty_symbol (bfd *abfd)
6519 {
6520 elf_symbol_type *newsym;
6521 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (elf_symbol_type);
6522
6523 newsym = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
6524 if (!newsym)
6525 return NULL;
6526 else
6527 {
6528 newsym->symbol.the_bfd = abfd;
6529 return &newsym->symbol;
6530 }
6531 }
6532
6533 void
6534 _bfd_elf_get_symbol_info (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6535 asymbol *symbol,
6536 symbol_info *ret)
6537 {
6538 bfd_symbol_info (symbol, ret);
6539 }
6540
6541 /* Return whether a symbol name implies a local symbol. Most targets
6542 use this function for the is_local_label_name entry point, but some
6543 override it. */
6544
6545 bfd_boolean
6546 _bfd_elf_is_local_label_name (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6547 const char *name)
6548 {
6549 /* Normal local symbols start with ``.L''. */
6550 if (name[0] == '.' && name[1] == 'L')
6551 return TRUE;
6552
6553 /* At least some SVR4 compilers (e.g., UnixWare 2.1 cc) generate
6554 DWARF debugging symbols starting with ``..''. */
6555 if (name[0] == '.' && name[1] == '.')
6556 return TRUE;
6557
6558 /* gcc will sometimes generate symbols beginning with ``_.L_'' when
6559 emitting DWARF debugging output. I suspect this is actually a
6560 small bug in gcc (it calls ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL when it should call
6561 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL, and this causes the leading
6562 underscore to be emitted on some ELF targets). For ease of use,
6563 we treat such symbols as local. */
6564 if (name[0] == '_' && name[1] == '.' && name[2] == 'L' && name[3] == '_')
6565 return TRUE;
6566
6567 return FALSE;
6568 }
6569
6570 alent *
6571 _bfd_elf_get_lineno (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6572 asymbol *symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6573 {
6574 abort ();
6575 return NULL;
6576 }
6577
6578 bfd_boolean
6579 _bfd_elf_set_arch_mach (bfd *abfd,
6580 enum bfd_architecture arch,
6581 unsigned long machine)
6582 {
6583 /* If this isn't the right architecture for this backend, and this
6584 isn't the generic backend, fail. */
6585 if (arch != get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->arch
6586 && arch != bfd_arch_unknown
6587 && get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->arch != bfd_arch_unknown)
6588 return FALSE;
6589
6590 return bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd, arch, machine);
6591 }
6592
6593 /* Find the function to a particular section and offset,
6594 for error reporting. */
6595
6596 static bfd_boolean
6597 elf_find_function (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6598 asection *section,
6599 asymbol **symbols,
6600 bfd_vma offset,
6601 const char **filename_ptr,
6602 const char **functionname_ptr)
6603 {
6604 const char *filename;
6605 asymbol *func, *file;
6606 bfd_vma low_func;
6607 asymbol **p;
6608 /* ??? Given multiple file symbols, it is impossible to reliably
6609 choose the right file name for global symbols. File symbols are
6610 local symbols, and thus all file symbols must sort before any
6611 global symbols. The ELF spec may be interpreted to say that a
6612 file symbol must sort before other local symbols, but currently
6613 ld -r doesn't do this. So, for ld -r output, it is possible to
6614 make a better choice of file name for local symbols by ignoring
6615 file symbols appearing after a given local symbol. */
6616 enum { nothing_seen, symbol_seen, file_after_symbol_seen } state;
6617
6618 filename = NULL;
6619 func = NULL;
6620 file = NULL;
6621 low_func = 0;
6622 state = nothing_seen;
6623
6624 for (p = symbols; *p != NULL; p++)
6625 {
6626 elf_symbol_type *q;
6627
6628 q = (elf_symbol_type *) *p;
6629
6630 switch (ELF_ST_TYPE (q->internal_elf_sym.st_info))
6631 {
6632 default:
6633 break;
6634 case STT_FILE:
6635 file = &q->symbol;
6636 if (state == symbol_seen)
6637 state = file_after_symbol_seen;
6638 continue;
6639 case STT_SECTION:
6640 continue;
6641 case STT_NOTYPE:
6642 case STT_FUNC:
6643 if (bfd_get_section (&q->symbol) == section
6644 && q->symbol.value >= low_func
6645 && q->symbol.value <= offset)
6646 {
6647 func = (asymbol *) q;
6648 low_func = q->symbol.value;
6649 if (file == NULL)
6650 filename = NULL;
6651 else if (ELF_ST_BIND (q->internal_elf_sym.st_info) != STB_LOCAL
6652 && state == file_after_symbol_seen)
6653 filename = NULL;
6654 else
6655 filename = bfd_asymbol_name (file);
6656 }
6657 break;
6658 }
6659 if (state == nothing_seen)
6660 state = symbol_seen;
6661 }
6662
6663 if (func == NULL)
6664 return FALSE;
6665
6666 if (filename_ptr)
6667 *filename_ptr = filename;
6668 if (functionname_ptr)
6669 *functionname_ptr = bfd_asymbol_name (func);
6670
6671 return TRUE;
6672 }
6673
6674 /* Find the nearest line to a particular section and offset,
6675 for error reporting. */
6676
6677 bfd_boolean
6678 _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (bfd *abfd,
6679 asection *section,
6680 asymbol **symbols,
6681 bfd_vma offset,
6682 const char **filename_ptr,
6683 const char **functionname_ptr,
6684 unsigned int *line_ptr)
6685 {
6686 bfd_boolean found;
6687
6688 if (_bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
6689 filename_ptr, functionname_ptr,
6690 line_ptr))
6691 {
6692 if (!*functionname_ptr)
6693 elf_find_function (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
6694 *filename_ptr ? NULL : filename_ptr,
6695 functionname_ptr);
6696
6697 return TRUE;
6698 }
6699
6700 if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
6701 filename_ptr, functionname_ptr,
6702 line_ptr, 0,
6703 &elf_tdata (abfd)->dwarf2_find_line_info))
6704 {
6705 if (!*functionname_ptr)
6706 elf_find_function (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
6707 *filename_ptr ? NULL : filename_ptr,
6708 functionname_ptr);
6709
6710 return TRUE;
6711 }
6712
6713 if (! _bfd_stab_section_find_nearest_line (abfd, symbols, section, offset,
6714 &found, filename_ptr,
6715 functionname_ptr, line_ptr,
6716 &elf_tdata (abfd)->line_info))
6717 return FALSE;
6718 if (found && (*functionname_ptr || *line_ptr))
6719 return TRUE;
6720
6721 if (symbols == NULL)
6722 return FALSE;
6723
6724 if (! elf_find_function (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
6725 filename_ptr, functionname_ptr))
6726 return FALSE;
6727
6728 *line_ptr = 0;
6729 return TRUE;
6730 }
6731
6732 /* Find the line for a symbol. */
6733
6734 bfd_boolean
6735 _bfd_elf_find_line (bfd *abfd, asymbol **symbols, asymbol *symbol,
6736 const char **filename_ptr, unsigned int *line_ptr)
6737 {
6738 return _bfd_dwarf2_find_line (abfd, symbols, symbol,
6739 filename_ptr, line_ptr, 0,
6740 &elf_tdata (abfd)->dwarf2_find_line_info);
6741 }
6742
6743 /* After a call to bfd_find_nearest_line, successive calls to
6744 bfd_find_inliner_info can be used to get source information about
6745 each level of function inlining that terminated at the address
6746 passed to bfd_find_nearest_line. Currently this is only supported
6747 for DWARF2 with appropriate DWARF3 extensions. */
6748
6749 bfd_boolean
6750 _bfd_elf_find_inliner_info (bfd *abfd,
6751 const char **filename_ptr,
6752 const char **functionname_ptr,
6753 unsigned int *line_ptr)
6754 {
6755 bfd_boolean found;
6756 found = _bfd_dwarf2_find_inliner_info (abfd, filename_ptr,
6757 functionname_ptr, line_ptr,
6758 & elf_tdata (abfd)->dwarf2_find_line_info);
6759 return found;
6760 }
6761
6762 int
6763 _bfd_elf_sizeof_headers (bfd *abfd, bfd_boolean reloc)
6764 {
6765 int ret;
6766
6767 ret = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_ehdr;
6768 if (! reloc)
6769 ret += get_program_header_size (abfd);
6770 return ret;
6771 }
6772
6773 bfd_boolean
6774 _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (bfd *abfd,
6775 sec_ptr section,
6776 const void *location,
6777 file_ptr offset,
6778 bfd_size_type count)
6779 {
6780 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
6781 bfd_signed_vma pos;
6782
6783 if (! abfd->output_has_begun
6784 && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd, NULL))
6785 return FALSE;
6786
6787 hdr = &elf_section_data (section)->this_hdr;
6788 pos = hdr->sh_offset + offset;
6789 if (bfd_seek (abfd, pos, SEEK_SET) != 0
6790 || bfd_bwrite (location, count, abfd) != count)
6791 return FALSE;
6792
6793 return TRUE;
6794 }
6795
6796 void
6797 _bfd_elf_no_info_to_howto (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6798 arelent *cache_ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6799 Elf_Internal_Rela *dst ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6800 {
6801 abort ();
6802 }
6803
6804 /* Try to convert a non-ELF reloc into an ELF one. */
6805
6806 bfd_boolean
6807 _bfd_elf_validate_reloc (bfd *abfd, arelent *areloc)
6808 {
6809 /* Check whether we really have an ELF howto. */
6810
6811 if ((*areloc->sym_ptr_ptr)->the_bfd->xvec != abfd->xvec)
6812 {
6813 bfd_reloc_code_real_type code;
6814 reloc_howto_type *howto;
6815
6816 /* Alien reloc: Try to determine its type to replace it with an
6817 equivalent ELF reloc. */
6818
6819 if (areloc->howto->pc_relative)
6820 {
6821 switch (areloc->howto->bitsize)
6822 {
6823 case 8:
6824 code = BFD_RELOC_8_PCREL;
6825 break;
6826 case 12:
6827 code = BFD_RELOC_12_PCREL;
6828 break;
6829 case 16:
6830 code = BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL;
6831 break;
6832 case 24:
6833 code = BFD_RELOC_24_PCREL;
6834 break;
6835 case 32:
6836 code = BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL;
6837 break;
6838 case 64:
6839 code = BFD_RELOC_64_PCREL;
6840 break;
6841 default:
6842 goto fail;
6843 }
6844
6845 howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd, code);
6846
6847 if (areloc->howto->pcrel_offset != howto->pcrel_offset)
6848 {
6849 if (howto->pcrel_offset)
6850 areloc->addend += areloc->address;
6851 else
6852 areloc->addend -= areloc->address; /* addend is unsigned!! */
6853 }
6854 }
6855 else
6856 {
6857 switch (areloc->howto->bitsize)
6858 {
6859 case 8:
6860 code = BFD_RELOC_8;
6861 break;
6862 case 14:
6863 code = BFD_RELOC_14;
6864 break;
6865 case 16:
6866 code = BFD_RELOC_16;
6867 break;
6868 case 26:
6869 code = BFD_RELOC_26;
6870 break;
6871 case 32:
6872 code = BFD_RELOC_32;
6873 break;
6874 case 64:
6875 code = BFD_RELOC_64;
6876 break;
6877 default:
6878 goto fail;
6879 }
6880
6881 howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd, code);
6882 }
6883
6884 if (howto)
6885 areloc->howto = howto;
6886 else
6887 goto fail;
6888 }
6889
6890 return TRUE;
6891
6892 fail:
6893 (*_bfd_error_handler)
6894 (_("%B: unsupported relocation type %s"),
6895 abfd, areloc->howto->name);
6896 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
6897 return FALSE;
6898 }
6899
6900 bfd_boolean
6901 _bfd_elf_close_and_cleanup (bfd *abfd)
6902 {
6903 if (bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_object)
6904 {
6905 if (elf_shstrtab (abfd) != NULL)
6906 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (elf_shstrtab (abfd));
6907 _bfd_dwarf2_cleanup_debug_info (abfd);
6908 }
6909
6910 return _bfd_generic_close_and_cleanup (abfd);
6911 }
6912
6913 /* For Rel targets, we encode meaningful data for BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY
6914 in the relocation's offset. Thus we cannot allow any sort of sanity
6915 range-checking to interfere. There is nothing else to do in processing
6916 this reloc. */
6917
6918 bfd_reloc_status_type
6919 _bfd_elf_rel_vtable_reloc_fn
6920 (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, arelent *re ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6921 struct bfd_symbol *symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6922 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, asection *is ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6923 bfd *obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, char **errmsg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6924 {
6925 return bfd_reloc_ok;
6926 }
6927 \f
6928 /* Elf core file support. Much of this only works on native
6929 toolchains, since we rely on knowing the
6930 machine-dependent procfs structure in order to pick
6931 out details about the corefile. */
6932
6933 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_PROCFS_H
6934 # include <sys/procfs.h>
6935 #endif
6936
6937 /* FIXME: this is kinda wrong, but it's what gdb wants. */
6938
6939 static int
6940 elfcore_make_pid (bfd *abfd)
6941 {
6942 return ((elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid << 16)
6943 + (elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid));
6944 }
6945
6946 /* If there isn't a section called NAME, make one, using
6947 data from SECT. Note, this function will generate a
6948 reference to NAME, so you shouldn't deallocate or
6949 overwrite it. */
6950
6951 static bfd_boolean
6952 elfcore_maybe_make_sect (bfd *abfd, char *name, asection *sect)
6953 {
6954 asection *sect2;
6955
6956 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, name) != NULL)
6957 return TRUE;
6958
6959 sect2 = bfd_make_section (abfd, name);
6960 if (sect2 == NULL)
6961 return FALSE;
6962
6963 sect2->size = sect->size;
6964 sect2->filepos = sect->filepos;
6965 sect2->flags = sect->flags;
6966 sect2->alignment_power = sect->alignment_power;
6967 return TRUE;
6968 }
6969
6970 /* Create a pseudosection containing SIZE bytes at FILEPOS. This
6971 actually creates up to two pseudosections:
6972 - For the single-threaded case, a section named NAME, unless
6973 such a section already exists.
6974 - For the multi-threaded case, a section named "NAME/PID", where
6975 PID is elfcore_make_pid (abfd).
6976 Both pseudosections have identical contents. */
6977 bfd_boolean
6978 _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (bfd *abfd,
6979 char *name,
6980 size_t size,
6981 ufile_ptr filepos)
6982 {
6983 char buf[100];
6984 char *threaded_name;
6985 size_t len;
6986 asection *sect;
6987
6988 /* Build the section name. */
6989
6990 sprintf (buf, "%s/%d", name, elfcore_make_pid (abfd));
6991 len = strlen (buf) + 1;
6992 threaded_name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
6993 if (threaded_name == NULL)
6994 return FALSE;
6995 memcpy (threaded_name, buf, len);
6996
6997 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd, threaded_name);
6998 if (sect == NULL)
6999 return FALSE;
7000 sect->size = size;
7001 sect->filepos = filepos;
7002 sect->flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
7003 sect->alignment_power = 2;
7004
7005 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, name, sect);
7006 }
7007
7008 /* prstatus_t exists on:
7009 solaris 2.5+
7010 linux 2.[01] + glibc
7011 unixware 4.2
7012 */
7013
7014 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
7015
7016 static bfd_boolean
7017 elfcore_grok_prstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7018 {
7019 size_t size;
7020 int offset;
7021
7022 if (note->descsz == sizeof (prstatus_t))
7023 {
7024 prstatus_t prstat;
7025
7026 size = sizeof (prstat.pr_reg);
7027 offset = offsetof (prstatus_t, pr_reg);
7028 memcpy (&prstat, note->descdata, sizeof (prstat));
7029
7030 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it
7031 has already been set by another thread. */
7032 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal == 0)
7033 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = prstat.pr_cursig;
7034 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = prstat.pr_pid;
7035
7036 /* pr_who exists on:
7037 solaris 2.5+
7038 unixware 4.2
7039 pr_who doesn't exist on:
7040 linux 2.[01]
7041 */
7042 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T_PR_WHO)
7043 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = prstat.pr_who;
7044 #endif
7045 }
7046 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T)
7047 else if (note->descsz == sizeof (prstatus32_t))
7048 {
7049 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
7050 prstatus32_t prstat;
7051
7052 size = sizeof (prstat.pr_reg);
7053 offset = offsetof (prstatus32_t, pr_reg);
7054 memcpy (&prstat, note->descdata, sizeof (prstat));
7055
7056 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it
7057 has already been set by another thread. */
7058 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal == 0)
7059 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = prstat.pr_cursig;
7060 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = prstat.pr_pid;
7061
7062 /* pr_who exists on:
7063 solaris 2.5+
7064 unixware 4.2
7065 pr_who doesn't exist on:
7066 linux 2.[01]
7067 */
7068 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T_PR_WHO)
7069 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = prstat.pr_who;
7070 #endif
7071 }
7072 #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T */
7073 else
7074 {
7075 /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other
7076 note size (ie. data object type). */
7077 return TRUE;
7078 }
7079
7080 /* Make a ".reg/999" section and a ".reg" section. */
7081 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg",
7082 size, note->descpos + offset);
7083 }
7084 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T) */
7085
7086 /* Create a pseudosection containing the exact contents of NOTE. */
7087 static bfd_boolean
7088 elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (bfd *abfd,
7089 char *name,
7090 Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7091 {
7092 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, name,
7093 note->descsz, note->descpos);
7094 }
7095
7096 /* There isn't a consistent prfpregset_t across platforms,
7097 but it doesn't matter, because we don't have to pick this
7098 data structure apart. */
7099
7100 static bfd_boolean
7101 elfcore_grok_prfpreg (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7102 {
7103 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg2", note);
7104 }
7105
7106 /* Linux dumps the Intel SSE regs in a note named "LINUX" with a note
7107 type of 5 (NT_PRXFPREG). Just include the whole note's contents
7108 literally. */
7109
7110 static bfd_boolean
7111 elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7112 {
7113 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-xfp", note);
7114 }
7115
7116 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T)
7117 typedef prpsinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t;
7118 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */
7119 typedef prpsinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t;
7120 #endif
7121 #endif
7122
7123 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
7124 typedef psinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t;
7125 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */
7126 typedef psinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t;
7127 #endif
7128 #endif
7129
7130 /* return a malloc'ed copy of a string at START which is at
7131 most MAX bytes long, possibly without a terminating '\0'.
7132 the copy will always have a terminating '\0'. */
7133
7134 char *
7135 _bfd_elfcore_strndup (bfd *abfd, char *start, size_t max)
7136 {
7137 char *dups;
7138 char *end = memchr (start, '\0', max);
7139 size_t len;
7140
7141 if (end == NULL)
7142 len = max;
7143 else
7144 len = end - start;
7145
7146 dups = bfd_alloc (abfd, len + 1);
7147 if (dups == NULL)
7148 return NULL;
7149
7150 memcpy (dups, start, len);
7151 dups[len] = '\0';
7152
7153 return dups;
7154 }
7155
7156 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
7157 static bfd_boolean
7158 elfcore_grok_psinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7159 {
7160 if (note->descsz == sizeof (elfcore_psinfo_t))
7161 {
7162 elfcore_psinfo_t psinfo;
7163
7164 memcpy (&psinfo, note->descdata, sizeof (psinfo));
7165
7166 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_program
7167 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_fname,
7168 sizeof (psinfo.pr_fname));
7169
7170 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_command
7171 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_psargs,
7172 sizeof (psinfo.pr_psargs));
7173 }
7174 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
7175 else if (note->descsz == sizeof (elfcore_psinfo32_t))
7176 {
7177 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
7178 elfcore_psinfo32_t psinfo;
7179
7180 memcpy (&psinfo, note->descdata, sizeof (psinfo));
7181
7182 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_program
7183 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_fname,
7184 sizeof (psinfo.pr_fname));
7185
7186 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_command
7187 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_psargs,
7188 sizeof (psinfo.pr_psargs));
7189 }
7190 #endif
7191
7192 else
7193 {
7194 /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other
7195 note size (ie. data object type). */
7196 return TRUE;
7197 }
7198
7199 /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked
7200 onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway)
7201 implementations, so strip it off if it exists. */
7202
7203 {
7204 char *command = elf_tdata (abfd)->core_command;
7205 int n = strlen (command);
7206
7207 if (0 < n && command[n - 1] == ' ')
7208 command[n - 1] = '\0';
7209 }
7210
7211 return TRUE;
7212 }
7213 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T) */
7214
7215 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
7216 static bfd_boolean
7217 elfcore_grok_pstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7218 {
7219 if (note->descsz == sizeof (pstatus_t)
7220 #if defined (HAVE_PXSTATUS_T)
7221 || note->descsz == sizeof (pxstatus_t)
7222 #endif
7223 )
7224 {
7225 pstatus_t pstat;
7226
7227 memcpy (&pstat, note->descdata, sizeof (pstat));
7228
7229 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = pstat.pr_pid;
7230 }
7231 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS32_T)
7232 else if (note->descsz == sizeof (pstatus32_t))
7233 {
7234 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
7235 pstatus32_t pstat;
7236
7237 memcpy (&pstat, note->descdata, sizeof (pstat));
7238
7239 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = pstat.pr_pid;
7240 }
7241 #endif
7242 /* Could grab some more details from the "representative"
7243 lwpstatus_t in pstat.pr_lwp, but we'll catch it all in an
7244 NT_LWPSTATUS note, presumably. */
7245
7246 return TRUE;
7247 }
7248 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T) */
7249
7250 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
7251 static bfd_boolean
7252 elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7253 {
7254 lwpstatus_t lwpstat;
7255 char buf[100];
7256 char *name;
7257 size_t len;
7258 asection *sect;
7259
7260 if (note->descsz != sizeof (lwpstat)
7261 #if defined (HAVE_LWPXSTATUS_T)
7262 && note->descsz != sizeof (lwpxstatus_t)
7263 #endif
7264 )
7265 return TRUE;
7266
7267 memcpy (&lwpstat, note->descdata, sizeof (lwpstat));
7268
7269 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = lwpstat.pr_lwpid;
7270 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = lwpstat.pr_cursig;
7271
7272 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
7273
7274 sprintf (buf, ".reg/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd));
7275 len = strlen (buf) + 1;
7276 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
7277 if (name == NULL)
7278 return FALSE;
7279 memcpy (name, buf, len);
7280
7281 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd, name);
7282 if (sect == NULL)
7283 return FALSE;
7284
7285 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
7286 sect->size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs);
7287 sect->filepos = note->descpos
7288 + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs);
7289 #endif
7290
7291 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG)
7292 sect->size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_reg);
7293 sect->filepos = note->descpos + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_reg);
7294 #endif
7295
7296 sect->flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
7297 sect->alignment_power = 2;
7298
7299 if (!elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".reg", sect))
7300 return FALSE;
7301
7302 /* Make a ".reg2/999" section */
7303
7304 sprintf (buf, ".reg2/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd));
7305 len = strlen (buf) + 1;
7306 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
7307 if (name == NULL)
7308 return FALSE;
7309 memcpy (name, buf, len);
7310
7311 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd, name);
7312 if (sect == NULL)
7313 return FALSE;
7314
7315 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
7316 sect->size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.fpregs);
7317 sect->filepos = note->descpos
7318 + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_context.uc_mcontext.fpregs);
7319 #endif
7320
7321 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_FPREG)
7322 sect->size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_fpreg);
7323 sect->filepos = note->descpos + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_fpreg);
7324 #endif
7325
7326 sect->flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
7327 sect->alignment_power = 2;
7328
7329 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".reg2", sect);
7330 }
7331 #endif /* defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T) */
7332
7333 #if defined (HAVE_WIN32_PSTATUS_T)
7334 static bfd_boolean
7335 elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7336 {
7337 char buf[30];
7338 char *name;
7339 size_t len;
7340 asection *sect;
7341 win32_pstatus_t pstatus;
7342
7343 if (note->descsz < sizeof (pstatus))
7344 return TRUE;
7345
7346 memcpy (&pstatus, note->descdata, sizeof (pstatus));
7347
7348 switch (pstatus.data_type)
7349 {
7350 case NOTE_INFO_PROCESS:
7351 /* FIXME: need to add ->core_command. */
7352 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = pstatus.data.process_info.signal;
7353 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = pstatus.data.process_info.pid;
7354 break;
7355
7356 case NOTE_INFO_THREAD:
7357 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
7358 sprintf (buf, ".reg/%ld", (long) pstatus.data.thread_info.tid);
7359
7360 len = strlen (buf) + 1;
7361 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
7362 if (name == NULL)
7363 return FALSE;
7364
7365 memcpy (name, buf, len);
7366
7367 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd, name);
7368 if (sect == NULL)
7369 return FALSE;
7370
7371 sect->size = sizeof (pstatus.data.thread_info.thread_context);
7372 sect->filepos = (note->descpos
7373 + offsetof (struct win32_pstatus,
7374 data.thread_info.thread_context));
7375 sect->flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
7376 sect->alignment_power = 2;
7377
7378 if (pstatus.data.thread_info.is_active_thread)
7379 if (! elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".reg", sect))
7380 return FALSE;
7381 break;
7382
7383 case NOTE_INFO_MODULE:
7384 /* Make a ".module/xxxxxxxx" section. */
7385 sprintf (buf, ".module/%08lx",
7386 (long) pstatus.data.module_info.base_address);
7387
7388 len = strlen (buf) + 1;
7389 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
7390 if (name == NULL)
7391 return FALSE;
7392
7393 memcpy (name, buf, len);
7394
7395 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd, name);
7396
7397 if (sect == NULL)
7398 return FALSE;
7399
7400 sect->size = note->descsz;
7401 sect->filepos = note->descpos;
7402 sect->flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
7403 sect->alignment_power = 2;
7404 break;
7405
7406 default:
7407 return TRUE;
7408 }
7409
7410 return TRUE;
7411 }
7412 #endif /* HAVE_WIN32_PSTATUS_T */
7413
7414 static bfd_boolean
7415 elfcore_grok_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7416 {
7417 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
7418
7419 switch (note->type)
7420 {
7421 default:
7422 return TRUE;
7423
7424 case NT_PRSTATUS:
7425 if (bed->elf_backend_grok_prstatus)
7426 if ((*bed->elf_backend_grok_prstatus) (abfd, note))
7427 return TRUE;
7428 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
7429 return elfcore_grok_prstatus (abfd, note);
7430 #else
7431 return TRUE;
7432 #endif
7433
7434 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
7435 case NT_PSTATUS:
7436 return elfcore_grok_pstatus (abfd, note);
7437 #endif
7438
7439 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
7440 case NT_LWPSTATUS:
7441 return elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (abfd, note);
7442 #endif
7443
7444 case NT_FPREGSET: /* FIXME: rename to NT_PRFPREG */
7445 return elfcore_grok_prfpreg (abfd, note);
7446
7447 #if defined (HAVE_WIN32_PSTATUS_T)
7448 case NT_WIN32PSTATUS:
7449 return elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (abfd, note);
7450 #endif
7451
7452 case NT_PRXFPREG: /* Linux SSE extension */
7453 if (note->namesz == 6
7454 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
7455 return elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (abfd, note);
7456 else
7457 return TRUE;
7458
7459 case NT_PRPSINFO:
7460 case NT_PSINFO:
7461 if (bed->elf_backend_grok_psinfo)
7462 if ((*bed->elf_backend_grok_psinfo) (abfd, note))
7463 return TRUE;
7464 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
7465 return elfcore_grok_psinfo (abfd, note);
7466 #else
7467 return TRUE;
7468 #endif
7469
7470 case NT_AUXV:
7471 {
7472 asection *sect = bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd, ".auxv");
7473
7474 if (sect == NULL)
7475 return FALSE;
7476 sect->size = note->descsz;
7477 sect->filepos = note->descpos;
7478 sect->flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
7479 sect->alignment_power = 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd) / 32;
7480
7481 return TRUE;
7482 }
7483 }
7484 }
7485
7486 static bfd_boolean
7487 elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (Elf_Internal_Note *note, int *lwpidp)
7488 {
7489 char *cp;
7490
7491 cp = strchr (note->namedata, '@');
7492 if (cp != NULL)
7493 {
7494 *lwpidp = atoi(cp + 1);
7495 return TRUE;
7496 }
7497 return FALSE;
7498 }
7499
7500 static bfd_boolean
7501 elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7502 {
7503
7504 /* Signal number at offset 0x08. */
7505 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal
7506 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) note->descdata + 0x08);
7507
7508 /* Process ID at offset 0x50. */
7509 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid
7510 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) note->descdata + 0x50);
7511
7512 /* Command name at 0x7c (max 32 bytes, including nul). */
7513 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_command
7514 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 0x7c, 31);
7515
7516 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".note.netbsdcore.procinfo",
7517 note);
7518 }
7519
7520 static bfd_boolean
7521 elfcore_grok_netbsd_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7522 {
7523 int lwp;
7524
7525 if (elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (note, &lwp))
7526 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = lwp;
7527
7528 if (note->type == NT_NETBSDCORE_PROCINFO)
7529 {
7530 /* NetBSD-specific core "procinfo". Note that we expect to
7531 find this note before any of the others, which is fine,
7532 since the kernel writes this note out first when it
7533 creates a core file. */
7534
7535 return elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (abfd, note);
7536 }
7537
7538 /* As of Jan 2002 there are no other machine-independent notes
7539 defined for NetBSD core files. If the note type is less
7540 than the start of the machine-dependent note types, we don't
7541 understand it. */
7542
7543 if (note->type < NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH)
7544 return TRUE;
7545
7546
7547 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd))
7548 {
7549 /* On the Alpha, SPARC (32-bit and 64-bit), PT_GETREGS == mach+0 and
7550 PT_GETFPREGS == mach+2. */
7551
7552 case bfd_arch_alpha:
7553 case bfd_arch_sparc:
7554 switch (note->type)
7555 {
7556 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH+0:
7557 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg", note);
7558
7559 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH+2:
7560 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg2", note);
7561
7562 default:
7563 return TRUE;
7564 }
7565
7566 /* On all other arch's, PT_GETREGS == mach+1 and
7567 PT_GETFPREGS == mach+3. */
7568
7569 default:
7570 switch (note->type)
7571 {
7572 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH+1:
7573 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg", note);
7574
7575 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH+3:
7576 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg2", note);
7577
7578 default:
7579 return TRUE;
7580 }
7581 }
7582 /* NOTREACHED */
7583 }
7584
7585 static bfd_boolean
7586 elfcore_grok_nto_status (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note, pid_t *tid)
7587 {
7588 void *ddata = note->descdata;
7589 char buf[100];
7590 char *name;
7591 asection *sect;
7592 short sig;
7593 unsigned flags;
7594
7595 /* nto_procfs_status 'pid' field is at offset 0. */
7596 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ddata);
7597
7598 /* nto_procfs_status 'tid' field is at offset 4. Pass it back. */
7599 *tid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ddata + 4);
7600
7601 /* nto_procfs_status 'flags' field is at offset 8. */
7602 flags = bfd_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ddata + 8);
7603
7604 /* nto_procfs_status 'what' field is at offset 14. */
7605 if ((sig = bfd_get_16 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ddata + 14)) > 0)
7606 {
7607 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = sig;
7608 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = *tid;
7609 }
7610
7611 /* _DEBUG_FLAG_CURTID (current thread) is 0x80. Some cores
7612 do not come from signals so we make sure we set the current
7613 thread just in case. */
7614 if (flags & 0x00000080)
7615 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = *tid;
7616
7617 /* Make a ".qnx_core_status/%d" section. */
7618 sprintf (buf, ".qnx_core_status/%ld", (long) *tid);
7619
7620 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, strlen (buf) + 1);
7621 if (name == NULL)
7622 return FALSE;
7623 strcpy (name, buf);
7624
7625 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd, name);
7626 if (sect == NULL)
7627 return FALSE;
7628
7629 sect->size = note->descsz;
7630 sect->filepos = note->descpos;
7631 sect->flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
7632 sect->alignment_power = 2;
7633
7634 return (elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".qnx_core_status", sect));
7635 }
7636
7637 static bfd_boolean
7638 elfcore_grok_nto_regs (bfd *abfd,
7639 Elf_Internal_Note *note,
7640 pid_t tid,
7641 char *base)
7642 {
7643 char buf[100];
7644 char *name;
7645 asection *sect;
7646
7647 /* Make a "(base)/%d" section. */
7648 sprintf (buf, "%s/%ld", base, (long) tid);
7649
7650 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, strlen (buf) + 1);
7651 if (name == NULL)
7652 return FALSE;
7653 strcpy (name, buf);
7654
7655 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd, name);
7656 if (sect == NULL)
7657 return FALSE;
7658
7659 sect->size = note->descsz;
7660 sect->filepos = note->descpos;
7661 sect->flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
7662 sect->alignment_power = 2;
7663
7664 /* This is the current thread. */
7665 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid == tid)
7666 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, base, sect);
7667
7668 return TRUE;
7669 }
7670
7671 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO 7
7672 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS 8
7673 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG 9
7674 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG 10
7675
7676 static bfd_boolean
7677 elfcore_grok_nto_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7678 {
7679 /* Every GREG section has a STATUS section before it. Store the
7680 tid from the previous call to pass down to the next gregs
7681 function. */
7682 static pid_t tid = 1;
7683
7684 switch (note->type)
7685 {
7686 case BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO:
7687 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".qnx_core_info", note);
7688 case BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS:
7689 return elfcore_grok_nto_status (abfd, note, &tid);
7690 case BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG:
7691 return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd, note, tid, ".reg");
7692 case BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG:
7693 return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd, note, tid, ".reg2");
7694 default:
7695 return TRUE;
7696 }
7697 }
7698
7699 /* Function: elfcore_write_note
7700
7701 Inputs:
7702 buffer to hold note
7703 name of note
7704 type of note
7705 data for note
7706 size of data for note
7707
7708 Return:
7709 End of buffer containing note. */
7710
7711 char *
7712 elfcore_write_note (bfd *abfd,
7713 char *buf,
7714 int *bufsiz,
7715 const char *name,
7716 int type,
7717 const void *input,
7718 int size)
7719 {
7720 Elf_External_Note *xnp;
7721 size_t namesz;
7722 size_t pad;
7723 size_t newspace;
7724 char *p, *dest;
7725
7726 namesz = 0;
7727 pad = 0;
7728 if (name != NULL)
7729 {
7730 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
7731
7732 namesz = strlen (name) + 1;
7733 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
7734 pad = -namesz & ((1 << bed->s->log_file_align) - 1);
7735 }
7736
7737 newspace = 12 + namesz + pad + size;
7738
7739 p = realloc (buf, *bufsiz + newspace);
7740 dest = p + *bufsiz;
7741 *bufsiz += newspace;
7742 xnp = (Elf_External_Note *) dest;
7743 H_PUT_32 (abfd, namesz, xnp->namesz);
7744 H_PUT_32 (abfd, size, xnp->descsz);
7745 H_PUT_32 (abfd, type, xnp->type);
7746 dest = xnp->name;
7747 if (name != NULL)
7748 {
7749 memcpy (dest, name, namesz);
7750 dest += namesz;
7751 while (pad != 0)
7752 {
7753 *dest++ = '\0';
7754 --pad;
7755 }
7756 }
7757 memcpy (dest, input, size);
7758 return p;
7759 }
7760
7761 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
7762 char *
7763 elfcore_write_prpsinfo (bfd *abfd,
7764 char *buf,
7765 int *bufsiz,
7766 const char *fname,
7767 const char *psargs)
7768 {
7769 int note_type;
7770 char *note_name = "CORE";
7771
7772 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
7773 psinfo_t data;
7774 note_type = NT_PSINFO;
7775 #else
7776 prpsinfo_t data;
7777 note_type = NT_PRPSINFO;
7778 #endif
7779
7780 memset (&data, 0, sizeof (data));
7781 strncpy (data.pr_fname, fname, sizeof (data.pr_fname));
7782 strncpy (data.pr_psargs, psargs, sizeof (data.pr_psargs));
7783 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
7784 note_name, note_type, &data, sizeof (data));
7785 }
7786 #endif /* PSINFO_T or PRPSINFO_T */
7787
7788 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
7789 char *
7790 elfcore_write_prstatus (bfd *abfd,
7791 char *buf,
7792 int *bufsiz,
7793 long pid,
7794 int cursig,
7795 const void *gregs)
7796 {
7797 prstatus_t prstat;
7798 char *note_name = "CORE";
7799
7800 memset (&prstat, 0, sizeof (prstat));
7801 prstat.pr_pid = pid;
7802 prstat.pr_cursig = cursig;
7803 memcpy (&prstat.pr_reg, gregs, sizeof (prstat.pr_reg));
7804 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
7805 note_name, NT_PRSTATUS, &prstat, sizeof (prstat));
7806 }
7807 #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS_T */
7808
7809 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
7810 char *
7811 elfcore_write_lwpstatus (bfd *abfd,
7812 char *buf,
7813 int *bufsiz,
7814 long pid,
7815 int cursig,
7816 const void *gregs)
7817 {
7818 lwpstatus_t lwpstat;
7819 char *note_name = "CORE";
7820
7821 memset (&lwpstat, 0, sizeof (lwpstat));
7822 lwpstat.pr_lwpid = pid >> 16;
7823 lwpstat.pr_cursig = cursig;
7824 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG)
7825 memcpy (lwpstat.pr_reg, gregs, sizeof (lwpstat.pr_reg));
7826 #elif defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
7827 #if !defined(gregs)
7828 memcpy (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs,
7829 gregs, sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs));
7830 #else
7831 memcpy (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.__gregs,
7832 gregs, sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.__gregs));
7833 #endif
7834 #endif
7835 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, note_name,
7836 NT_LWPSTATUS, &lwpstat, sizeof (lwpstat));
7837 }
7838 #endif /* HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T */
7839
7840 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
7841 char *
7842 elfcore_write_pstatus (bfd *abfd,
7843 char *buf,
7844 int *bufsiz,
7845 long pid,
7846 int cursig,
7847 const void *gregs)
7848 {
7849 pstatus_t pstat;
7850 char *note_name = "CORE";
7851
7852 memset (&pstat, 0, sizeof (pstat));
7853 pstat.pr_pid = pid & 0xffff;
7854 buf = elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, note_name,
7855 NT_PSTATUS, &pstat, sizeof (pstat));
7856 return buf;
7857 }
7858 #endif /* HAVE_PSTATUS_T */
7859
7860 char *
7861 elfcore_write_prfpreg (bfd *abfd,
7862 char *buf,
7863 int *bufsiz,
7864 const void *fpregs,
7865 int size)
7866 {
7867 char *note_name = "CORE";
7868 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
7869 note_name, NT_FPREGSET, fpregs, size);
7870 }
7871
7872 char *
7873 elfcore_write_prxfpreg (bfd *abfd,
7874 char *buf,
7875 int *bufsiz,
7876 const void *xfpregs,
7877 int size)
7878 {
7879 char *note_name = "LINUX";
7880 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
7881 note_name, NT_PRXFPREG, xfpregs, size);
7882 }
7883
7884 static bfd_boolean
7885 elfcore_read_notes (bfd *abfd, file_ptr offset, bfd_size_type size)
7886 {
7887 char *buf;
7888 char *p;
7889
7890 if (size <= 0)
7891 return TRUE;
7892
7893 if (bfd_seek (abfd, offset, SEEK_SET) != 0)
7894 return FALSE;
7895
7896 buf = bfd_malloc (size);
7897 if (buf == NULL)
7898 return FALSE;
7899
7900 if (bfd_bread (buf, size, abfd) != size)
7901 {
7902 error:
7903 free (buf);
7904 return FALSE;
7905 }
7906
7907 p = buf;
7908 while (p < buf + size)
7909 {
7910 /* FIXME: bad alignment assumption. */
7911 Elf_External_Note *xnp = (Elf_External_Note *) p;
7912 Elf_Internal_Note in;
7913
7914 in.type = H_GET_32 (abfd, xnp->type);
7915
7916 in.namesz = H_GET_32 (abfd, xnp->namesz);
7917 in.namedata = xnp->name;
7918
7919 in.descsz = H_GET_32 (abfd, xnp->descsz);
7920 in.descdata = in.namedata + BFD_ALIGN (in.namesz, 4);
7921 in.descpos = offset + (in.descdata - buf);
7922
7923 if (strncmp (in.namedata, "NetBSD-CORE", 11) == 0)
7924 {
7925 if (! elfcore_grok_netbsd_note (abfd, &in))
7926 goto error;
7927 }
7928 else if (strncmp (in.namedata, "QNX", 3) == 0)
7929 {
7930 if (! elfcore_grok_nto_note (abfd, &in))
7931 goto error;
7932 }
7933 else
7934 {
7935 if (! elfcore_grok_note (abfd, &in))
7936 goto error;
7937 }
7938
7939 p = in.descdata + BFD_ALIGN (in.descsz, 4);
7940 }
7941
7942 free (buf);
7943 return TRUE;
7944 }
7945 \f
7946 /* Providing external access to the ELF program header table. */
7947
7948 /* Return an upper bound on the number of bytes required to store a
7949 copy of ABFD's program header table entries. Return -1 if an error
7950 occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */
7951
7952 long
7953 bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound (bfd *abfd)
7954 {
7955 if (abfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
7956 {
7957 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format);
7958 return -1;
7959 }
7960
7961 return elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr);
7962 }
7963
7964 /* Copy ABFD's program header table entries to *PHDRS. The entries
7965 will be stored as an array of Elf_Internal_Phdr structures, as
7966 defined in include/elf/internal.h. To find out how large the
7967 buffer needs to be, call bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound.
7968
7969 Return the number of program header table entries read, or -1 if an
7970 error occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */
7971
7972 int
7973 bfd_get_elf_phdrs (bfd *abfd, void *phdrs)
7974 {
7975 int num_phdrs;
7976
7977 if (abfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
7978 {
7979 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format);
7980 return -1;
7981 }
7982
7983 num_phdrs = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum;
7984 memcpy (phdrs, elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr,
7985 num_phdrs * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr));
7986
7987 return num_phdrs;
7988 }
7989
7990 void
7991 _bfd_elf_sprintf_vma (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, char *buf, bfd_vma value)
7992 {
7993 #ifdef BFD64
7994 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp; /* Elf file header, internal form */
7995
7996 i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
7997 if (i_ehdrp == NULL)
7998 sprintf_vma (buf, value);
7999 else
8000 {
8001 if (i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_CLASS] == ELFCLASS64)
8002 {
8003 #if BFD_HOST_64BIT_LONG
8004 sprintf (buf, "%016lx", value);
8005 #else
8006 sprintf (buf, "%08lx%08lx", _bfd_int64_high (value),
8007 _bfd_int64_low (value));
8008 #endif
8009 }
8010 else
8011 sprintf (buf, "%08lx", (unsigned long) (value & 0xffffffff));
8012 }
8013 #else
8014 sprintf_vma (buf, value);
8015 #endif
8016 }
8017
8018 void
8019 _bfd_elf_fprintf_vma (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, void *stream, bfd_vma value)
8020 {
8021 #ifdef BFD64
8022 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp; /* Elf file header, internal form */
8023
8024 i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
8025 if (i_ehdrp == NULL)
8026 fprintf_vma ((FILE *) stream, value);
8027 else
8028 {
8029 if (i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_CLASS] == ELFCLASS64)
8030 {
8031 #if BFD_HOST_64BIT_LONG
8032 fprintf ((FILE *) stream, "%016lx", value);
8033 #else
8034 fprintf ((FILE *) stream, "%08lx%08lx",
8035 _bfd_int64_high (value), _bfd_int64_low (value));
8036 #endif
8037 }
8038 else
8039 fprintf ((FILE *) stream, "%08lx",
8040 (unsigned long) (value & 0xffffffff));
8041 }
8042 #else
8043 fprintf_vma ((FILE *) stream, value);
8044 #endif
8045 }
8046
8047 enum elf_reloc_type_class
8048 _bfd_elf_reloc_type_class (const Elf_Internal_Rela *rela ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
8049 {
8050 return reloc_class_normal;
8051 }
8052
8053 /* For RELA architectures, return the relocation value for a
8054 relocation against a local symbol. */
8055
8056 bfd_vma
8057 _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (bfd *abfd,
8058 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym,
8059 asection **psec,
8060 Elf_Internal_Rela *rel)
8061 {
8062 asection *sec = *psec;
8063 bfd_vma relocation;
8064
8065 relocation = (sec->output_section->vma
8066 + sec->output_offset
8067 + sym->st_value);
8068 if ((sec->flags & SEC_MERGE)
8069 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION
8070 && sec->sec_info_type == ELF_INFO_TYPE_MERGE)
8071 {
8072 rel->r_addend =
8073 _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd, psec,
8074 elf_section_data (sec)->sec_info,
8075 sym->st_value + rel->r_addend);
8076 if (sec != *psec)
8077 {
8078 /* If we have changed the section, and our original section is
8079 marked with SEC_EXCLUDE, it means that the original
8080 SEC_MERGE section has been completely subsumed in some
8081 other SEC_MERGE section. In this case, we need to leave
8082 some info around for --emit-relocs. */
8083 if ((sec->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0)
8084 sec->kept_section = *psec;
8085 sec = *psec;
8086 }
8087 rel->r_addend -= relocation;
8088 rel->r_addend += sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset;
8089 }
8090 return relocation;
8091 }
8092
8093 bfd_vma
8094 _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (bfd *abfd,
8095 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym,
8096 asection **psec,
8097 bfd_vma addend)
8098 {
8099 asection *sec = *psec;
8100
8101 if (sec->sec_info_type != ELF_INFO_TYPE_MERGE)
8102 return sym->st_value + addend;
8103
8104 return _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd, psec,
8105 elf_section_data (sec)->sec_info,
8106 sym->st_value + addend);
8107 }
8108
8109 bfd_vma
8110 _bfd_elf_section_offset (bfd *abfd,
8111 struct bfd_link_info *info,
8112 asection *sec,
8113 bfd_vma offset)
8114 {
8115 switch (sec->sec_info_type)
8116 {
8117 case ELF_INFO_TYPE_STABS:
8118 return _bfd_stab_section_offset (sec, elf_section_data (sec)->sec_info,
8119 offset);
8120 case ELF_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME:
8121 return _bfd_elf_eh_frame_section_offset (abfd, info, sec, offset);
8122 default:
8123 return offset;
8124 }
8125 }
8126 \f
8127 /* Create a new BFD as if by bfd_openr. Rather than opening a file,
8128 reconstruct an ELF file by reading the segments out of remote memory
8129 based on the ELF file header at EHDR_VMA and the ELF program headers it
8130 points to. If not null, *LOADBASEP is filled in with the difference
8131 between the VMAs from which the segments were read, and the VMAs the
8132 file headers (and hence BFD's idea of each section's VMA) put them at.
8133
8134 The function TARGET_READ_MEMORY is called to copy LEN bytes from the
8135 remote memory at target address VMA into the local buffer at MYADDR; it
8136 should return zero on success or an `errno' code on failure. TEMPL must
8137 be a BFD for an ELF target with the word size and byte order found in
8138 the remote memory. */
8139
8140 bfd *
8141 bfd_elf_bfd_from_remote_memory
8142 (bfd *templ,
8143 bfd_vma ehdr_vma,
8144 bfd_vma *loadbasep,
8145 int (*target_read_memory) (bfd_vma, bfd_byte *, int))
8146 {
8147 return (*get_elf_backend_data (templ)->elf_backend_bfd_from_remote_memory)
8148 (templ, ehdr_vma, loadbasep, target_read_memory);
8149 }
8150 \f
8151 long
8152 _bfd_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd *abfd,
8153 long symcount ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
8154 asymbol **syms ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
8155 long dynsymcount,
8156 asymbol **dynsyms,
8157 asymbol **ret)
8158 {
8159 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
8160 asection *relplt;
8161 asymbol *s;
8162 const char *relplt_name;
8163 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs) (bfd *, asection *, asymbol **, bfd_boolean);
8164 arelent *p;
8165 long count, i, n;
8166 size_t size;
8167 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
8168 char *names;
8169 asection *plt;
8170
8171 *ret = NULL;
8172
8173 if ((abfd->flags & (DYNAMIC | EXEC_P)) == 0)
8174 return 0;
8175
8176 if (dynsymcount <= 0)
8177 return 0;
8178
8179 if (!bed->plt_sym_val)
8180 return 0;
8181
8182 relplt_name = bed->relplt_name;
8183 if (relplt_name == NULL)
8184 relplt_name = bed->default_use_rela_p ? ".rela.plt" : ".rel.plt";
8185 relplt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, relplt_name);
8186 if (relplt == NULL)
8187 return 0;
8188
8189 hdr = &elf_section_data (relplt)->this_hdr;
8190 if (hdr->sh_link != elf_dynsymtab (abfd)
8191 || (hdr->sh_type != SHT_REL && hdr->sh_type != SHT_RELA))
8192 return 0;
8193
8194 plt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".plt");
8195 if (plt == NULL)
8196 return 0;
8197
8198 slurp_relocs = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->slurp_reloc_table;
8199 if (! (*slurp_relocs) (abfd, relplt, dynsyms, TRUE))
8200 return -1;
8201
8202 count = relplt->size / hdr->sh_entsize;
8203 size = count * sizeof (asymbol);
8204 p = relplt->relocation;
8205 for (i = 0; i < count; i++, s++, p++)
8206 size += strlen ((*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name) + sizeof ("@plt");
8207
8208 s = *ret = bfd_malloc (size);
8209 if (s == NULL)
8210 return -1;
8211
8212 names = (char *) (s + count);
8213 p = relplt->relocation;
8214 n = 0;
8215 for (i = 0; i < count; i++, s++, p++)
8216 {
8217 size_t len;
8218 bfd_vma addr;
8219
8220 addr = bed->plt_sym_val (i, plt, p);
8221 if (addr == (bfd_vma) -1)
8222 continue;
8223
8224 *s = **p->sym_ptr_ptr;
8225 s->section = plt;
8226 s->value = addr - plt->vma;
8227 s->name = names;
8228 len = strlen ((*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name);
8229 memcpy (names, (*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name, len);
8230 names += len;
8231 memcpy (names, "@plt", sizeof ("@plt"));
8232 names += sizeof ("@plt");
8233 ++n;
8234 }
8235
8236 return n;
8237 }
8238
8239 /* Sort symbol by binding and section. We want to put definitions
8240 sorted by section at the beginning. */
8241
8242 static int
8243 elf_sort_elf_symbol (const void *arg1, const void *arg2)
8244 {
8245 const Elf_Internal_Sym *s1;
8246 const Elf_Internal_Sym *s2;
8247 int shndx;
8248
8249 /* Make sure that undefined symbols are at the end. */
8250 s1 = (const Elf_Internal_Sym *) arg1;
8251 if (s1->st_shndx == SHN_UNDEF)
8252 return 1;
8253 s2 = (const Elf_Internal_Sym *) arg2;
8254 if (s2->st_shndx == SHN_UNDEF)
8255 return -1;
8256
8257 /* Sorted by section index. */
8258 shndx = s1->st_shndx - s2->st_shndx;
8259 if (shndx != 0)
8260 return shndx;
8261
8262 /* Sorted by binding. */
8263 return ELF_ST_BIND (s1->st_info) - ELF_ST_BIND (s2->st_info);
8264 }
8265
8266 struct elf_symbol
8267 {
8268 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
8269 const char *name;
8270 };
8271
8272 static int
8273 elf_sym_name_compare (const void *arg1, const void *arg2)
8274 {
8275 const struct elf_symbol *s1 = (const struct elf_symbol *) arg1;
8276 const struct elf_symbol *s2 = (const struct elf_symbol *) arg2;
8277 return strcmp (s1->name, s2->name);
8278 }
8279
8280 /* Check if 2 sections define the same set of local and global
8281 symbols. */
8282
8283 bfd_boolean
8284 bfd_elf_match_symbols_in_sections (asection *sec1, asection *sec2)
8285 {
8286 bfd *bfd1, *bfd2;
8287 const struct elf_backend_data *bed1, *bed2;
8288 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr1, *hdr2;
8289 bfd_size_type symcount1, symcount2;
8290 Elf_Internal_Sym *isymbuf1, *isymbuf2;
8291 Elf_Internal_Sym *isymstart1 = NULL, *isymstart2 = NULL, *isym;
8292 Elf_Internal_Sym *isymend;
8293 struct elf_symbol *symp, *symtable1 = NULL, *symtable2 = NULL;
8294 bfd_size_type count1, count2, i;
8295 int shndx1, shndx2;
8296 bfd_boolean result;
8297
8298 bfd1 = sec1->owner;
8299 bfd2 = sec2->owner;
8300
8301 /* If both are .gnu.linkonce sections, they have to have the same
8302 section name. */
8303 if (strncmp (sec1->name, ".gnu.linkonce",
8304 sizeof ".gnu.linkonce" - 1) == 0
8305 && strncmp (sec2->name, ".gnu.linkonce",
8306 sizeof ".gnu.linkonce" - 1) == 0)
8307 return strcmp (sec1->name + sizeof ".gnu.linkonce",
8308 sec2->name + sizeof ".gnu.linkonce") == 0;
8309
8310 /* Both sections have to be in ELF. */
8311 if (bfd_get_flavour (bfd1) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
8312 || bfd_get_flavour (bfd2) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
8313 return FALSE;
8314
8315 if (elf_section_type (sec1) != elf_section_type (sec2))
8316 return FALSE;
8317
8318 if ((elf_section_flags (sec1) & SHF_GROUP) != 0
8319 && (elf_section_flags (sec2) & SHF_GROUP) != 0)
8320 {
8321 /* If both are members of section groups, they have to have the
8322 same group name. */
8323 if (strcmp (elf_group_name (sec1), elf_group_name (sec2)) != 0)
8324 return FALSE;
8325 }
8326
8327 shndx1 = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd1, sec1);
8328 shndx2 = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd2, sec2);
8329 if (shndx1 == -1 || shndx2 == -1)
8330 return FALSE;
8331
8332 bed1 = get_elf_backend_data (bfd1);
8333 bed2 = get_elf_backend_data (bfd2);
8334 hdr1 = &elf_tdata (bfd1)->symtab_hdr;
8335 symcount1 = hdr1->sh_size / bed1->s->sizeof_sym;
8336 hdr2 = &elf_tdata (bfd2)->symtab_hdr;
8337 symcount2 = hdr2->sh_size / bed2->s->sizeof_sym;
8338
8339 if (symcount1 == 0 || symcount2 == 0)
8340 return FALSE;
8341
8342 isymbuf1 = bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd1, hdr1, symcount1, 0,
8343 NULL, NULL, NULL);
8344 isymbuf2 = bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd2, hdr2, symcount2, 0,
8345 NULL, NULL, NULL);
8346
8347 result = FALSE;
8348 if (isymbuf1 == NULL || isymbuf2 == NULL)
8349 goto done;
8350
8351 /* Sort symbols by binding and section. Global definitions are at
8352 the beginning. */
8353 qsort (isymbuf1, symcount1, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym),
8354 elf_sort_elf_symbol);
8355 qsort (isymbuf2, symcount2, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym),
8356 elf_sort_elf_symbol);
8357
8358 /* Count definitions in the section. */
8359 count1 = 0;
8360 for (isym = isymbuf1, isymend = isym + symcount1;
8361 isym < isymend; isym++)
8362 {
8363 if (isym->st_shndx == (unsigned int) shndx1)
8364 {
8365 if (count1 == 0)
8366 isymstart1 = isym;
8367 count1++;
8368 }
8369
8370 if (count1 && isym->st_shndx != (unsigned int) shndx1)
8371 break;
8372 }
8373
8374 count2 = 0;
8375 for (isym = isymbuf2, isymend = isym + symcount2;
8376 isym < isymend; isym++)
8377 {
8378 if (isym->st_shndx == (unsigned int) shndx2)
8379 {
8380 if (count2 == 0)
8381 isymstart2 = isym;
8382 count2++;
8383 }
8384
8385 if (count2 && isym->st_shndx != (unsigned int) shndx2)
8386 break;
8387 }
8388
8389 if (count1 == 0 || count2 == 0 || count1 != count2)
8390 goto done;
8391
8392 symtable1 = bfd_malloc (count1 * sizeof (struct elf_symbol));
8393 symtable2 = bfd_malloc (count1 * sizeof (struct elf_symbol));
8394
8395 if (symtable1 == NULL || symtable2 == NULL)
8396 goto done;
8397
8398 symp = symtable1;
8399 for (isym = isymstart1, isymend = isym + count1;
8400 isym < isymend; isym++)
8401 {
8402 symp->sym = isym;
8403 symp->name = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd1,
8404 hdr1->sh_link,
8405 isym->st_name);
8406 symp++;
8407 }
8408
8409 symp = symtable2;
8410 for (isym = isymstart2, isymend = isym + count1;
8411 isym < isymend; isym++)
8412 {
8413 symp->sym = isym;
8414 symp->name = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd2,
8415 hdr2->sh_link,
8416 isym->st_name);
8417 symp++;
8418 }
8419
8420 /* Sort symbol by name. */
8421 qsort (symtable1, count1, sizeof (struct elf_symbol),
8422 elf_sym_name_compare);
8423 qsort (symtable2, count1, sizeof (struct elf_symbol),
8424 elf_sym_name_compare);
8425
8426 for (i = 0; i < count1; i++)
8427 /* Two symbols must have the same binding, type and name. */
8428 if (symtable1 [i].sym->st_info != symtable2 [i].sym->st_info
8429 || symtable1 [i].sym->st_other != symtable2 [i].sym->st_other
8430 || strcmp (symtable1 [i].name, symtable2 [i].name) != 0)
8431 goto done;
8432
8433 result = TRUE;
8434
8435 done:
8436 if (symtable1)
8437 free (symtable1);
8438 if (symtable2)
8439 free (symtable2);
8440 if (isymbuf1)
8441 free (isymbuf1);
8442 if (isymbuf2)
8443 free (isymbuf2);
8444
8445 return result;
8446 }
This page took 0.21093 seconds and 4 git commands to generate.